Page 1 SERVICE MANUAL 2004 PACIFICA To order the special service tools used and illustrated, please refer to the instructions on inside back cover. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE REPRODUCED, STORED RETRIEVAL SYSTEM, OR TRANSMITTED, IN ANY FORM OR BY ANY MEANS, ELECTRONIC, MECHANICAL, PHOTOCOPYING, RECORDING, OR OTHERWISE, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DAIMLERCHRYSLER CORPORATION.
Page 2 FOREWORD The information contained in this service manual has been prepared for the professional automotive tech- nician involved in daily repair operations. Information describing the operation and use of standard and optional equipment is included in the Owner’s Manual provided with the vehicle. Information in this manual is divided into groups.
Page 3 Welcome 2004 CS Pacifica Technical Publications Click on the icon for the desired manual Service Manual Gas Powertrain Body Chassis Transmission...
Page 4: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ............1 SYSTEM COVERAGE .
Page 5: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ....24 *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE ........27 DRIVEABILITY - NGC INTERMITTENT CONDITION.
Page 6: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT ....130 P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT ......134 P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT .
Page 7: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM......243 P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT ........244 P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT.
Page 8: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued STARTING *CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY..........309 *CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN .
Page 9: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 - BLACK 15 WAY ..... . .347 INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2 - DK. GRAY 4 WAY..... .347 INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3 - GRAY 2 WAY .
Page 10: Introduction
GENERAL INFORMATION An * placed before the symptom description indi- NOTE (NGC) cates a customer complaint. The 2004 CS is equipped with the Powertrain When repairs are required, refer to the appropri- Control Module and Transmission Control ate service information for the proper removal and Module combined in a single control module.
Page 11: System Description And Functional Operation
GENERAL INFORMATION even though a malfunction has occurred. This may 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND happen because one of the trouble code criteria have FUNCTIONAL OPERATION not been met. The PCM compares input signal voltages from each input device with specifications (the estab- 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION lished high and low limits of the range) that are programmed into it for that device.
Page 12 GENERAL INFORMATION OBD II/EURO STAGE III OBD MONITOR INFORMATION Comprehensive Major Monitors Major Monitors Components Non Fuel Control Fuel Control Monitor & Non Misfire & Misfire Run constantly Run Once Per Trip Run Constantly Includes All Engine Hardware Monitors Entire Emission Monitors Entire System - Sensors, Switches, System...
Page 13 For additional information, refer to the Chrysler the CARB Readiness Status in the least time pos- Corporation Technical Training Workbook titled On sible.
Page 14: Other Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION C. EGR Monitor shifted up by a 2.5 volt offset. This 2.5 volt supply is being delivered through the sensor return line. The EGR monitor now runs in a closed throttle decel or at idle on a warm vehicle. However, it is NATURAL VACUUM LEAK DETECTION (NVLD) necessary to maintain the TPS, Map and RPM The Natural Vacuum Leak Detection (NVLD)
Page 15 GENERAL INFORMATION check valve that protects the system from failed is started, the switch closure is recorded as a Pass, nozzle liquid ingestion, in order to detect cap off and the timers that are recording accumulated time conditions. are reset. The normally closed valve in the NVLD is in- This diagnostic test can take at least a week to tended to maintain the seal on the evaporative...
Page 16 GENERAL INFORMATION • Engine temperature at startup within 10 °F of • Turn purge off and determine how long it takes to the ambient temperature decay the tank vacuum and reopen the switch. Determine the leak size from the time it took to •...
Page 17 GENERAL INFORMATION FIGURE 2...
Page 18: Pcm Operating Modes
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.2.4 PCM OPERATING MODES sult in starting and driveability problems. See indi- vidual symptoms and their definitions in Section As input signals to the PCM change, the PCM 6.0 (Glossary of Terms). adjusts its response to output devices. For example, PCM Grounds −...
Page 19: Skrees Operation
GENERAL INFORMATION PCI Bus message, or coded messages to the to the body control module. The LED is actuated SKREEM. If all of the criteria for monitoring a when the SKREEM sends a PCI Bus message to the circuit or function are met and a fault is sensed, a body controller requesting the LED on.
Page 20: Programming The Skreem
GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE: If three attempts are made to enter 4. Enter secured access mode by entering the vehi- cle four-digit PIN. the secure access mode using an incorrect PIN, secured access mode will be locked out NOTE: A maximum of eight keys can be for one hour.
Page 21: Intermittent Code
GENERAL INFORMATION pre-test screens will help with this for MONITOR 3. If the distance count is being held due to (Item 2.) and the fault is cleared, the distance is DTC’s), this is called a TRIP. All OBDII/Euro Stage III OBD DTCs will be set after one or in some cases cleared (set to zero).
Page 22: Display Is Not Visible
GENERAL INFORMATION connector cavity 16). A minimum of 11 volts is important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive required to adequately power the DRBIII . vehicles; the parking brake does not hold the drive If all connections are proper between the wheels.
Page 23: Warnings And Cautions
GENERAL INFORMATION When testing voltage or continuity at any control FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of Volts 0 - 500 peak volts AC the connector. Do not probe a wire through the 0 - 500 volts DC insulation;...
Page 24 GENERAL INFORMATION cuts out, a steady pulsation or the inability of next generation controller misses the engine to maintain a consistent oxygen sensor programmable communication inter- data link connector (previously face called engine diagnostic connector) powertrain control module detona- a mild to severe ping, especially un- tion, der loaded engine conditions positive crankcase ventilation...
Page 25 NOTES...
Page 26: Diagnostic Information And Procedures
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES...
Page 27: No Response From Pcm (Pci Bus)
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 28: No Response From Pcm (Pcm Sci Only)
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 29 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit and the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit at the Data Link harness connector (cavs 7 and 12).
Page 30 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 31: No Response From Sentry Key Remote Entry Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 32 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the SKREEM harness connector.
Page 33: No Response From Transmission Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IGNITION UNLOCK/RUN/START CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 34 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 35 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Page 36: Pci Bus Communication Failure
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE MODULE SHORT TO VOLTAGE PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND MODULE SHORT TO GROUND TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 37 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 38 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Using a ohmmeter, connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC, and the other end to ground. While monitoring the ohmmeter, disconnect each module the vehicle is equipped with one at a time.
Page 39: Intermittent Condition
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: INTERMITTENT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 40: P0016-Crankshaft/Camshaft Timing Misalignment
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT When Monitored: Engine cranking and Engine running Set Condition: Powertrain Control Module detects an error when the camshaft position is out of phase with the crankshaft position. One trip fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL WITH LAB...
Page 41 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit at the CMP harness connector. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 42 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit at the CKP harness connector. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 43 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set this DTC are not present at this time. The following test may help in identifying the intermittent condition. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 44: P0031-O2 Sensor 1/1 Heater Circuit Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW P0037-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW.
Page 45 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. The O2 Sensor voltage should stabilize at 5.0 volts. Raising the hood may help in reducing under hood temps quicker.
Page 46: P0032-O2 Sensor 1/1 Heater Circuit High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH P0038-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH.
Page 47 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. The O2 Sensor voltage should stabilize at 5.0 volts. Raising the hood may help in reducing under hood temps quicker.
Page 48 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the O2 Heater Control circuit at the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Page 49: P0068-Manifold Pressure/Throttle Position Correlation
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELA- TION When Monitored and Set Condition: P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION When Monitored: With the engine running and no MAP Sensor or TP Sensor DTC’s set. Set Condition: The PCM determines a valid range in which the TP Sensor should be, at a given RPM/Load.
Page 50 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Diagnose any TP Sensor or MAP Sensor component DTCs before continuing. NOTE: The throttle plate and linkage must be free from binding and carbon build up, ensure the throttle plate is at the idle position. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 51 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the TP Sensor harness connector.
Page 52 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 53 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Ignition on, engine not running. Connect a jumper wire between the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit .
Page 54 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 55: P0071-Ambient Temp Sensor Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes. Ambient temperature is greater than -23°C(-10°F). Set Condition: After a calibrated amount of cool down time, the PCM compares the ECT Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values.
Page 56 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look for damage, partially broken wires and backed out or corroded terminals Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temp Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 57 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 58: P0072-Ambient Temp Sensor Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW When Monitored: The ignition key on. Set Condition: Ambient Temperture Sensor is less than .0392 of a volt at the PCM. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 0.3 VOLTS AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE...
Page 59 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K25) AAT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Page 60: P0073-Ambient Temp Sensor High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: The ignition key on. Set Condition: The Ambient Temperature Sensor voltage is greater than 4.94 volts. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.8 VOLTS (K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE...
Page 61 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the (K145) AAT Signal circuit and the (K167) Sensor ground circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 62: P0107-Map Sensor Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW When Monitored: Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. TPS voltage less than 1.2 volts. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is less than 0.0782 of a volt for 1.7 seconds. One trip Fault.
Page 63 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 1.2 volts? Yes →...
Page 64 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 65: P0108-Map Sensor High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. TP sensor voltage less than 1.2 volts for greater than 1.7 seconds. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.92 volts.
Page 66 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Page 67 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 68: P0111-Intake Air Temperature Sensor Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes. Ambient temperature is greater than -23°C (-10°F). Set Condition: After a calibrated amount of cool down time, the PCM compares the ECT Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values.
Page 69 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAT Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read the IAT Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 4.9 volts? Yes →...
Page 70 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAT Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K21) IAT Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Page 71: P0112-Intake Air Temperature Sensor Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage is less than 0.0784 of a volt.
Page 72 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAT Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Page 73: P0113-Intake Air Temperature Sensor High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage at the PCM is greater than 4.98 volts.
Page 74 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAT harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the (K21) IAT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the IAT harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 75: P0116-Engine Coolant Temperature Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes. Ambient temperature is greater than 4°C (39°F) 02 MY or -23°C (-10°F) 03 MY. Set Condition: After a calibrated amount of cool down time, the PCM compares the ECT Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values.
Page 76 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT Sensor harness connector. NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look for damaged, partially broken wires, and backed out or corroded terminals. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 77 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 78: P0117-Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM is less than 0.0782 of a volt.
Page 79 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector.
Page 80: P0118-Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor voltage at the PCM is greater than 4.9 volts.
Page 81 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the (K2) ECT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the ECT harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 82: P0122-Throttle Position Sensor #1 Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is less than 0.0978 of a volt. One Trip Fault.
Page 83 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the TP Sensor voltage. Ignition on, engine not running. Is the voltage above 4.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 84 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 85: P0123-Throttle Position Sensor #1 High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is greater than 4.47 volts. One Trip Fault.
Page 86 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K22) TP Signal circuit in the TP Sensor harness connector.
Page 87 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 88: P0125-Insufficient Coolant Temp For Closed-Loop Fuel Control
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CONTROL When Monitored and Set Condition: P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CONTROL When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, after engine is started. Set Condition: The engine temperature does not enable closed loop. Failure time depends on start-up coolant temperature and ambient temperature.
Page 89 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CON - TROL — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak). Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read the ECT Deg value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Page 90: P0128-Thermostat Rationality
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY When Monitored and Set Condition: P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY When Monitored: The engine running. During cold start. Set Condition: The PCM predicts a coolant temperature value that it will compare to the actual coolant temperature. If the two coolant temperature values are not within 10°C (50°F) of each other an error is detected.
Page 91 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If a Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) DTC is set along with this code, diagnose the ECT DTC first. NOTE: Inspect the ECT terminals and related PCM terminals. Ensure the terminals are free from corrosion and damage.
Page 92 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: MAKE SURE THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM IS COOL BE- FORE REMOVING THE PRESSURE CAP OR ANY HOSE. SEVERE PER- SONAL INJURY MAY RESULT FROM ESCAPING HOT COOLANT. THE COOLING SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED WHEN HOT. Turn the ignition on.
Page 93 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read the Temperature Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 4.6 volts? Yes →...
Page 94 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Signal circuit in the Temperature harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms? Yes →...
Page 95: P0129-Barometric Pressure Out-Of-Range Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW When Monitored: With the ignition key on. No Cam or Crank signal within 75 ms. Engine speed at less than 250 RPM. Set Condition: The PCM senses the voltage from the MAP sensor to be less than 2.196 volts but above 0.0392 of a volt for 300 milliseconds.One Trip Fault.
Page 96 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 2.2 volts? Yes →...
Page 97 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Page 98: P0131-O2 Sensor 1/1 Voltage Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW P0137-O2 SENSOR 1/2 VOLTAGE LOW Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored: Engine Running.
Page 99 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If one of the O2 Sensors Signal or Return circuits are shorted to ground, the DRBIII will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings low. The O2 Sensor that is shorted to ground will display a voltage reading near or at 0 volts.
Page 100 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the O2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Page 101: P0132-O2 Sensor 1/1 Voltage High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH P0138-O2 SENSOR 1/2 VOLTAGE HIGH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH When Monitored: The engine running for 119 seconds.
Page 102 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If one of the O2 Sensors Signal or Return circuits are shorted to voltage, the DRBIII will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings high. NOTE: It is important to perform the diagnostics on the O2 Sensor that set the DTC.
Page 103 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 104: P0133-O2 Sensor 1/1 Slow Response
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE P0139-O2 SENSOR 1/2 SLOW RESPONSE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE When Monitored: Start and drive vehicle greater than 20 MPH and less than 55 MPH.
Page 105 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If one of the O2 Sensors Signal or Return circuits are shorted to ground or voltage, all the other O2 Sensor voltage readings will be affected. NOTE: It is important to perform the diagnostics on the O2 Sensor that set the DTC.
Page 106: P0135-O2 Sensor 1/1 Heater Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE P0141-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER PERFORMANCE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine Running and Heater duty cycle greater than 0% Set Condition: O2 Heater Temperature does not reach 575°C (959°F) within 90 second...
Page 107 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. The O2 voltage should stabilize at 5.0 volts. Raising the hood may help in reducing under hood temps.
Page 108 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 109: P0171-Fuel System 1/1 Lean
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN When Monitored and Set Condition: P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN When Monitored: With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above (-7°C)20°F, altitude below 8500 ft and fuel level greater than 15%. Set Condition: If the PCM multiplies short term compensation by long term adaptive and a certain percentage is exceeded for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates and a trouble code is stored.
Page 110 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Install a fuel pressure gauge.
Page 111 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle. Note: If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle. With the DRBIII in Sensors, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value.
Page 112 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the O2 Sensor voltage. The O2 Sensor voltage should read 5.0 volts on the DRBIII with the connector disconnected.
Page 113 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Page 114: P0172-Fuel System 1/1 Rich
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH When Monitored: With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above (-7°C)20°F and altitude below 8500 ft. Set Condition: If the PCM multiplies short term compensation by long term adaptive as well as a purge fuel multiplier and the result is below a certain value for 30 seconds over two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates and a trouble code is stored.
Page 115 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Install a fuel pressure gauge.
Page 116 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle. Note: If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle. With the DRBIII in Sensors, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value.
Page 117 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the O2 Sensor voltage. The O2 Sensor voltage should read 5.0 volts on the DRBIII with the connector disconnected.
Page 118: P0201-Fuel Injector #1
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 P0202-FUEL INJECTOR #2 P0203-FUEL INJECTOR #3 P0204-FUEL INJECTOR #4 P0205-FUEL INJECTOR #5 P0206-FUEL INJECTOR #6 Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Page 119 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO (F42) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FUEL INJECTOR INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
Page 120 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 121: P0300-Multiple Cylinder Misfire
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE P0301-CYLINDER #1 MISFIRE P0302-CYLINDER #2 MISFIRE P0303-CYLINDER #3 MISFIRE P0304-CYLINDER #4 MISFIRE P0305-CYLINDER #5 MISFIRE P0306-CYLINDER #6 MISFIRE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE.
Page 122 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued P0305-CYLINDER #5 MISFIRE When Monitored: Any time the engine is running, and the Target Learning Coefficient has been successfully updated. Set Condition: When more than a 1.0% misfire rate is measured during two trips. P0306-CYLINDER #6 MISFIRE When Monitored: Any time the engine is running, and the Target Learning Coefficient has been successfully updated.
Page 123 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Read and record the FREEZE FRAME DATA. Select OBD II MONITORS. Read and record the MIS-FIRE SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW DATA. With these screens, attempt to duplicate the condition(s) that has set this DTC. When the vehicle is operating in the SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW, refer to the WHICH CYLINDER IS MISFIRING screen.
Page 124 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broke electrode NOTE: Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface.
Page 125 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. CAUTION: After each actuation of the Fuel Injector, start the engine to clear the cylinder of fuel.
Page 126 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 127 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ASD Relay Output circuit at the Ignition Coil harness connector.
Page 128 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN. DO NOT PUT YOUR HANDS NEAR THE PULLEYS, BELTS OR FAN.
Page 129: P0315-No Crank Sensor Learned
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED When Monitored and Set Condition: P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED When Monitored: Under closed throttle decel and A/C off. ECT above 75°C (167°F). Engine start time is greater than 50 seconds. Set Condition: One of the CKP sensor target windows has more than 2.86% variance from the reference.
Page 130 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Inspect the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate slots for damage, foreign material, or excessive movement. Were any problems found? Yes → Repair or replace the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5 - NGC.
Page 131: P0325-Knock Sensor #1 Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on and the engine running. Set Condition: The Knock Sensor circuit voltage falls below a minimum value at idle or deceleration.
Page 132 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Knock Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K42) KS Signal circuit at the Knock Sensor harness connector.
Page 133 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Replace the Knock Sensor. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , erase DTC. Attempt to operate the vehicle using the information noted in the Freeze Frame. With the DRBIII , read DTC’s.
Page 134: P0335-Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored: Engine cranking. Set Condition: No CKP signal is present during engine cranking, and at least 8 camshaft position sensor signals have occurred. One trip fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL WITH LAB INTERMITTENT CKP SIGNAL...
Page 135 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, back probe the (K44) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP harness connector. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 136 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 137 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Page 138 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Page 139: P0339-Crankshaft Position Sensor Intermittent
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored: Engine running or Cranking. Set Condition: When the failure counter reaches 20. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING INSPECTION...
Page 140 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read and record Freeze Frame Data specific to the CKP signal, ECT, RPM, Sync state, vehicle speed, etc. Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit at the Sensor harness connector.
Page 141 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: An intermittent glitch in the Camshaft Position Sensor can cause the P0339 to set. Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit at the Sensor harness connector.
Page 142 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K24) CKP Signal circuit. Wiggle the related wire harness while taking this measurement. Does the voltage ever increase above 5.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 143: P0340-Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT When Monitored: Engine cranking/running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: At least 5 seconds or 2.5 engine revolutions have elapsed with crankshaft position sensor signals present but no camshaft position sensor signal.
Page 144 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, back probe the (K24) CKP signal circuit in the CKP harness connector. WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN.
Page 145 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 146 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector.
Page 147 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector.
Page 148: P0344-Camshaft Position Sensor Intermittent
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT When Monitored: Engine running or Cranking. Set Condition: When the failure counter reaches 20. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING INSPECTION...
Page 149 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Visually inspect the related wire harness including the ground circuit. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Page 150 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5 - NGC. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor connector.
Page 151 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 152: P0401 - Egr System Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0401 - EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0401 - EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine running for greater than two minutes with the Engine Coolant Temp greater than 70°C (158°F). EGR active. Less than 8500 feet. Ambient temperature greater than 20°F (-6°C) Set Condition: The PCM closes the EGR valve while monitoring the O2 Sensor signal.
Page 153 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0401 - EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If the vehicle is running rough at idle (DRBIII not actuating) follow the yes path to continue. Turn the ignition on. Turn all accessories off. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
Page 154 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0401 - EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Turn all accessories off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Using a 12-volt Test Light, jumper across the EGR Solenoid harness connector. With the DRB, actuate the EGR solenoid. Does the 12-volt test light flash on and off? Yes →...
Page 155: P0403 - Egr Control Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0403 - EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0403 - EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The EGR solenoid control circuit is not in the expected state when requested to operate by the PCM.
Page 156 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0403 - EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to the EGR Solenoid ground circuit, probe the EGR Solenoid Control circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
Page 157 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0403 - EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 158: P0404 - Egr Position Sensor Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage above 10.0 volts. Set Condition: The EGR flow or valve movement is not what is expected. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO HIGH RESISTANCE IN 5 VOLT SUPPLY...
Page 159 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 160 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition. NOTE: Closely inspect the EGR tube(s) for obstructions, damage and holes. Also, inspect the gasket(s) for leaks.
Page 161 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0404 - EGR POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 162: P0405 - Egr Position Sensor Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0405 - EGR POSITION SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0405 - EGR POSITION SENSOR LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage above 10.0 volts. Set Condition: EGR Position Sensor Signal is less than 0.1026 of a volt. One trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES EGR POSITION SENSOR SWEEP INTERMITTENT CONDITION...
Page 163 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0405 - EGR POSITION SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the EGR Position Sensor voltage. Turn the ignition on. Is the voltage above 4.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 164 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0405 - EGR POSITION SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 165: P0406 - Egr Position Sensor High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0406 - EGR POSITION SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0406 - EGR POSITION SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: EGR position sensor signal is greater than 4.89. One trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES EGR POSITION SENSOR SWEEP INTERMITTENT CONDITION...
Page 166 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0406 - EGR POSITION SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the EGR Sensor Signal circuit in the EGR Position Sensor harness connector.
Page 167 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0406 - EGR POSITION SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 168: P0420-Catalytic 1/1 Efficiency
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY When Monitored and Set Condition: P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY When Monitored: Engine Run time greater than 90 seconds. Engine Coolant greater than 70°C (158°F) Vehicle speed greater than 20 MPH and less than 55 MPH. Engine Speed greater than 1216 RPM and less than 1952 RPM.
Page 169 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Inspect the Catalytic Converter for the following damage. Damaged Catalytic Converter, dent and holes. Severe discoloration caused by overheating the Catalytic Converter. Catalytic Converter broke internally. Leaking Catalytic Converter. Were any problems found? Yes →...
Page 170: P0440-General Evap System Failure
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE When Monitored: Engine Running. Fuel Level greater than 12%. Ambient Temperature between 4°C and 32°C (39°F and 89°F) Set Condition: The PCM does not see the NVLD switch close during the medium/large leak test.
Page 171 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Perform a visual and physical inspection of the entire Evaporative Emission system. Check for the following conditions: - Hoses disconnected or left off - Holes or cracks - Loose seal points - Evidence of damaged components - Incorrect routing of hoses and tubes - Fuel Cap left off or bad gasket seal...
Page 172 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD). WARNING: Keep lit cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the test area well ventilated.
Page 173 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid diagnosis also.
Page 174 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the NVLD electrical harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (Z1) Ground circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Go To 10 →...
Page 175: P0441-Evap Purge System Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Cold start test. Engine Running. Small Leak Test Passed. Set Condition: The PCM activates the EVAP Purge solenoid gradually increases to maximum flow.
Page 176 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Carefully inspect the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum supply hose for proper routing. Check for a pinched or plugged hose from the throttle body to the Purge Solenoid. Inspect the vacuum port at the throttle body for any damage or plugging.
Page 177: P0442-Evap System Medium Leak
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK P0455-EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK When Monitored: Engine Running.
Page 178 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Since a hot vehicle can conceal a leak, it is best to perform this test at room temperature. NOTE: A loose gas cap could have caused this DTC to set. Make sure gas cap is tight and in good condition.
Page 179 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD). WARNING: Keep lighted cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the test area well ventilated.
Page 180 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid diagnosis also.
Page 181 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Reconnect all vacuum hoses. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle. Using the DRBIII , perform the NVLD FORCED MONITOR TEST. Monitor the NVLD Switch. As the test runs, the NVLD Switch should go from an OPEN state to CLOSED.
Page 182: P0443-Evap Purge Solenoid Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: The ignition on or engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The PCM will set a trouble code if the actual state of the solenoid does not match the intended state.
Page 183 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 184 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 185: P0452-Nvld Pressure Switch Sense Circuit Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: Immediately after engine start up. Set Condition: The PCM activates the NLVD Solenoid. If the PCM does not see the NVLD switch open, an error is detected.
Page 186 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: After disconnecting the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum connections, inspect the lines and solenoid for any signs of contamination from the EVAP Canister. This may indicate a faulty rollover valve. Replace/repair as necessary.
Page 187 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K52) EVAP Purge Sol Control circuit at the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Page 188: P0453-Nvld Pressure Switch Sense Circuit High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored: Engine Running. Set Condition: If the PCM does not see the NVLD swtich close during test, an error is detected.
Page 189 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the NVLD electrical harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit and (K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit in the NVLD electrical harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 190: P0456-Evap System Small Leak
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK When Monitored and Set Condition: P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK When Monitored: Ignition off. Fuel Level less than 88%. Ambient Temperature between 4°C to 43°C (39°F to 109°F) Set Condition: Due to temperature changes a vacuum is created in the fuel tank and EVAP system.
Page 191 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid diagnosis also.
Page 192: P0461-Fuel Level Sensor #1 Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE P2066-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #2 PERFORMANCE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored: TEST #1: With the ignition on, the fuel level is compared to the previous key down after a 20 second delay.
Page 193 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Diagnose any Fuel Gauge high or low DTCs first, if set along with this DTC. NOTE: The following test should be performed on the Fuel Level Sensor that set the DTC.
Page 194 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before opening the fuel system the fuel pressure must be release. Relieve the fuel pressure in accordance with the service information. Remove the Fuel Tank in accordance with the Service Information.
Page 195: P0462-Fuel Level Sensor #1 Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 HIGH P2067-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #2 LOW P2068-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #2 HIGH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW.
Page 196 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read DTC’s. Is the Good Trip displayed and equal to zero? Yes → Refer to the Instrument Cluster Category and perform the appro- priate symptoms.
Page 197: P0480-Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0480-COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0480-COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: An open or shorted circuit is detected in the radiator fan relay control circuit.
Page 198 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0480-COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Low Speed Radiator Fan Relay from the PDC. Measure the resistance of the Low Speed Radiator Fan Relay between the Fused Ignition Switch Output terminal and the Low Speed Rad Fan Relay Control terminal.
Page 199: P0481-Cooling Fan 2 Control Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0481-COOLING FAN 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0481-COOLING FAN 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: An open or shorted circuit is detected in the radiator fan relay control circuit.
Page 200 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0481-COOLING FAN 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the High Speed Radiator Fan Relay from the PDC. Measure the resistance of the High Speed Radiator Fan Relay between the Fused Ignition Switch Output terminal and the High Speed Rad Fan Relay Control terminal.
Page 201: P0498-Nvld Canister Vent Valve Solenoid Circuit Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0498-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0498-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: Engine Running. Set Condition: The PCM detects a short in the NVLD Canister vent solenoid circuits. One trip Fault.
Page 202: P0499-Nvld Canister Vent Valve Solenoid Circuit High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0499-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0499-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored: Engine Running. Set Condition: The PCM detects an open in the NVLD Canister vent solenoid circuits. One trip Fault.
Page 203 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0499-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the NVLD Assembly harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit in the NVLD Assembly harness connector.
Page 204: P0501-Vehicle Speed Sensor #1 Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine running. Transmission not in park or neutral. Brakes not applied. Engine run time greater than 10 seconds. Engine RPM above idle. Set Condition: The PCM does not see vehicle speed signal from the transmission control side of the PCM.
Page 205: P0506-Idle Speed Low Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE P0507-IDLE SPEED HIGH PERFORMANCE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PER- FORMANCE. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine Running.
Page 206 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Visually and Physically inspect the PCV system. Check for the PCV valve disconnected. Check for an incorrect PCV valve. The PCV valve must meet OEM specifications. Damage vacuum hose. Were any of the above condition found? Yes →...
Page 207: P0508-Iac Valve Sense Circuit Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The IAC sense circuit is less than 175 mA. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES IAC MOTOR OPERATION IAC MOTOR...
Page 208 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAC Motor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 209 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 210: P0509-Iac Valve Sense Circuit High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The IAC sense circuit is greater than 980 mA. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES IAC MOTOR OPERATION IAC MOTOR...
Page 211 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAC Motor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , actuate the ASD Relay. Measure the voltage of the (K60) IAC Signal circuit in the IAC Motor harness connector.
Page 212: P0513-Invalid Skim Key
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY When Monitored and Set Condition: P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The PCM detects an invalid SKIM key. POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT VIN IN PCM INVALID SKIM KEY NOT PRESENT NO COMMUNICATION WITH SKIM NO VIN PROGRAMMED IN THE PCM SKIM TROUBLE CODES SET TEST...
Page 213 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , display the VIN that is programmed in the PCM. Was the correct VIN programmed into the PCM? Yes → Go To 6 →...
Page 214: P0516-Battery Temperature Sensor Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0516-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0516-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: Battery temperature sensor voltage below 0.5 of a volt. POSSIBLE CAUSES BATTERY TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 0.5 VOLTS BATTERY TEMP SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT...
Page 215 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0516-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Battery Temp Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Battery Temp Signal circuit and the Sensor ground circuit in the Battery Temp Sensor harness connector.
Page 216: P0517-Battery Temperature Sensor High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0517-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0517-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: Battery temperature voltage above 4.8 volts. POSSIBLE CAUSES BATTERY TEMP VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.8 VOLTS BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE BATTERY TEMP SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 217 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0517-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Battery Temp harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the Battery Temp Signal circuit and the Sensor ground circuit in the Battery Temp harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 218: P0522 Pressure Sensor Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0522 PRESSURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0522 PRESSURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored: Engine running and battery voltage above 10.4 volts. Set Condition: The oil pressure sensor voltage at PCM goes below 0.1 of a volt for 0.5 of a second.
Page 219: P0532-A/C Pressure Sensor Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW When Monitored: The engine running. The A/C relay energized. Set Condition: The A/C pressure sensor signal voltage at the PCM goes below 0.58 volts for 2.6 seconds.
Page 220 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII , monitor the A/C Pressure Sensor voltage. Turn the ignition on. Is the voltage above 0.6 of a volt? Yes →...
Page 221 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 222: P0533-A/C Pressure Sensor High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH When Monitored: The engine running. The A/C relay energized. Set Condition: The A/C pressure sensor signal at the PCM goes above 4.92 volts. One trip Fault.
Page 223 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit at the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Page 224 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 225: P0562-Battery Voltage Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored: Engine Running. RPM greater than 1152. Set Condition: The battery sensed voltage is 1 volt below the charging goal for 13.47 seconds. The PCM senses the battery voltage turns off the field driver and senses the battery voltage again.
Page 226 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN. DO NOT PUT YOUR HANDS NEAR THE PULLEYS, BELTS OR FAN. DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 227 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector.
Page 228: P0563-Battery Voltage High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH When Monitored: The engine running. The engine speed greater than 380 RPM. Set Condition: Battery voltage is 1 volt greater than desired system voltage. One Trip Fault POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO...
Page 229 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit at the Generator Field harness connector.
Page 230: P0572-Brake Switch #1 Circuit Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0572-BRAKE SWITCH #1 CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0572-BRAKE SWITCH #1 CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: When the PCM recognizes Brake Switch is mechanically stuck in the low/on position. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OPERATION...
Page 231 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0572-BRAKE SWITCH #1 CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits.
Page 232: P0573-Brake Switch #1 Circuit High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0573-BRAKE SWITCH #1 CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0573-BRAKE SWITCH #1 CIRCUIT HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: When the PCM recognizes Brake Switch is stuck in the high/off position. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OPERATION...
Page 233 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0573-BRAKE SWITCH #1 CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 234: P0580-Speed Control Switch #1 Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW When Monitored: With the ignition key on. Battery voltage above 10 volts. Set Condition: The PCM detects the Speed Control Switch Signal circuit voltage is less than 0.43.
Page 235 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 236: P0581-Speed Control Switch #1 High
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition key on. Battery voltage above 10 volts. Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Switch Signal circuit.
Page 237 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage of the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit at the Speed Control harness connector.
Page 238: P0582-Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: Ignition on. Speed Control active. Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Vacuum Control circuit.
Page 239 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the S/C Servo harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 240: P0586-Speed Control Vent Solenoid Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: Ignition on. Speed Control active. Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Vent Control circuit.
Page 241 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the S/C Servo harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 242: P0594-Speed Control Servo Power Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition key on. The speed control switched on. Set Condition: The PCM detects a open or short in the Speed Control Power Supply circuit.
Page 243 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 244 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (V32) Speed Control Power Supply circuit in the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. NOTE: It is necessary to HOLD the Cruise Control Switch in the ON position to get an accurate reading.
Page 245: P0600-Serial Communication Link
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK P0601-INTERNAL MEMORY CHECKSUM INVALID Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICA- TION LINK. When Monitored and Set Condition: P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Page 246: P0622-Generator Field Control Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Engine running. Set Condition: When the PCM tries to regulate the generator field with no result during monitoring.
Page 247 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Using a 12-volt test connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z1) Gen Ground circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes →...
Page 248: P0627-Fuel Pump Relay Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the fuel pump relay control circuit.
Page 249 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 250: P0630-Vin Not Programmed In Pcm
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0630-VIN NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored and Set Condition: P0630-VIN NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PROGRAMMING VIN INTO PCM VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING TEST ACTION...
Page 251: P0632-Odometer Not Programmed In Pcm
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0632-ODOMETER NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored and Set Condition: P0632-ODOMETER NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The mileage has not been programmed into the PCM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PROGRAMMING MILEAGE INTO PCM VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING TEST ACTION...
Page 252: P0633-Skim Key Not Programmed In Pcm
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored and Set Condition: P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The SKIM Key information has not been programmed into the PCM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PROGRAMMING SKIM KEY INTO PCM VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING TEST...
Page 253: P0645-A/C Clutch Relay Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. A/C Switch Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the A/C clutch relay control circuit.
Page 254 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the A/C Clutch Relay from the PDC. Measure the resistance of the A/C Clutch Relay between the Fused Ignition Switch Output terminal and the A/C Clutch Relay Control terminal. Is the resistance between 60 to 95 ohms? Yes →...
Page 255: P0660-Manifold Tune Valve Solenoid Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: With the ignition on. ASD Relay energized. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: The PCM senses the MTV is not at the desired state. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 256 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MTV Solenoid harness connector. Remove the MTV Relay from the IPM. Measure the resistance of the MTV Relay Output circuit between the IPM and the MTV Solenoid harness connector.
Page 257 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0660-MANIFOLD TUNE VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the MTV Relay from the IPM. Measure the resistance of the MTV Relay Control circuit between the PCM harness connector and the IPM.
Page 258: P0685-Asd Relay Control Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT When Monitored: With ignition on. Battery voltage above 10 volts. Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the ASD relay control circuit. One trip Fault.
Page 259 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the ASD Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 260: P0688-Asd Relay Sense Circuit Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW When Monitored: With ignition key on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: No voltage sensed at the PCM when the ASD relay is energized. One Trip Fault.
Page 261 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the ASD Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 262 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the ASD Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 263: On The Drbiii
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0700-TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM/READ TRANSMISSION DTCS ON THE DRBIII TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY This is an informational DTC letting you know that a DTC(s) is stored in the Transmission Control Module. Erase this DTC from the PCM after all Transmission DTC(s) have been repaired. Using the DRBIII , read the Transmission Controller DTC and refer to the Transmission Category and perform the appropriate symptom.
Page 264: P0850-Park/Neutral Switch Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P0850-PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P0850-PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Continuously with the transmission in Park, Neutral, or Drive and NOT in Limp-in mode. Set Condition: The PCM detects an incorrect Park/Neutral switch state for a given mode of vehicle operation.
Page 265: P1115-General Temp Sensor Performance
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored and Set Condition: P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE When Monitored: Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes. Ambient temperature is greater than -23°C (-10°F). Set Condition: After a calibrated amount of cool down time, the PCM compares the ECT Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values.
Page 266 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read and record the AAT Sensor Temperature value Using the DRB Temperature Probe #CH7050, measure the ambient air temperature near the AAT sensor. Is the AAT Sensor value with -15°C (5°F) of the temperature probe reading? Yes →...
Page 267 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look for damage, partially broken wires and backed out or corroded terminals Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 268 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1115-GENERAL TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 269: P1593-Speed Control Switch Stuck
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1593-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: P1593-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH STUCK When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: S/C Switch is mechanically stuck in the On/Off, Resume/Accel, or Set position for too long. One trip fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES SPEED CONTROL SWITCH STATUS SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES...
Page 270 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1593-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Speed Control Switches from the steering wheel. Measure the resistance across each Switch Control Switch. Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on each switch. Resume/Accel - 15,400 ohms Cancel - 909 +/- 9 ohms Decel (Coast) - 2940 +/- 30 ohms...
Page 271 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1593-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits.
Page 272: P1602-Pcm Not Programmed
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1602-PCM NOT PROGRAMMED When Monitored and Set Condition: P1602-PCM NOT PROGRAMMED When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: The PCM has not been programmed. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM NOT PROGRAMMED VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , erase DTCs.
Page 273: P1603-Pcm Internal Dual-Port Ram Communication
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P1603-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-PORT RAM COMMUNICATION P1604-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-PORT RAM READ/WRITE INTEG- RITY FAILURE P1607-PCM INTERNAL SHUTDOWN TIMER RATIONALITY Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P1603-PCM INTERNAL DUAL- PORT RAM COMMUNICATION.
Page 274: P1696-Eeprom Memory Write Denied/Invalid
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID P1697-EMR (SRI) MILEAGE NOT STORED Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID. When Monitored and Set Condition: P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID When Monitored: With the ignition on continuous.
Page 275 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , perform the SRI Memory Test a second time. NOTE: Retest the SRI Memory two more times. Does the DRBIII display Write Refused again? Yes → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor- dance with the Service Information.
Page 276: P1861-Siphon Line Disconnected
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P1861-SIPHON LINE DISCONNECTED When Monitored and Set Condition: P1861-SIPHON LINE DISCONNECTED When Monitored: With the ignition key on. Set Condition: PCM compares the primary tank level with the secondary tank level. If the the PCM detects the primary side lower than the secondary side by a calibrated amount the DTC will set.
Page 277 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P1861-SIPHON LINE DISCONNECTED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Fuel Level Signal circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms? Yes →...
Page 278: P2008-Short Runner Solenoid Circuit
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P2008-SHORT RUNNER SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: P2008-SHORT RUNNER SOLENOID CIRCUIT When Monitored: The Engine running. ASD Relay is energized. Set Condition: The PCM senses the SRV is not at the desired state. One Trip Fault. POSSIBLE CAUSES GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO SHORT RUNNER VALVE SOLENOID OPERATION...
Page 279 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2008-SHORT RUNNER SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the SRV Solenoid harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the ASD Relay Output circuit. With the DRBIII , actuate the SRV Solenoid.
Page 280: Flow/Vacuum Leak
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P2074-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELA- TION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK When Monitored and Set Condition: P2074-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK When Monitored: Engine Running, during all drive modes. Set Condition: The relationship between the MAP and Throttle exceeds a predetermined value for a given engine speed.
Page 281 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2074-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Diagnose any TP Sensor or MAP Sensor component DTCs before continuing. NOTE: If the P0501 - No Vehicle Speed Signal is set along with this DTC, refer to the P0501 diagnostics before continuing.
Page 282 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2074-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 283 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2074-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal circuit in the TP Sensor harness connector.
Page 284 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2074-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Page 285 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2074-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 286: P2096-Down Stream Fuel System 1/2 Lean
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P2096-DOWN STREAM FUEL SYSTEM 1/2 LEAN P2097-DOWN STREAM FUEL SYSTEM 1/2 RICH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be P2096-DOWN STREAM FUEL SYSTEM 1/2 LEAN. When Monitored and Set Condition: P2096-DOWN STREAM FUEL SYSTEM 1/2 LEAN When Monitored: With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery...
Page 287 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2096-DOWN STREAM FUEL SYSTEM 1/2 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Check the vehicle repair history. If the O2 has been replace ensure that the O2 sensor was properly installed and meets OEM specification. NOTE: Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Page 288 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2096-DOWN STREAM FUEL SYSTEM 1/2 LEAN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the DRBIII , monitor the O2 Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts? Yes →...
Page 289: P2302-Ignition Coil #1 Secondary Circuit-Insufficient Ionization
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom List: P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2305-IGNITION COIL #2 SECONDARY CIRCUIT - INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2308-IGNITION COIL #3 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2311-IGNITION COIL #4 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2314-IGNITION COIL #5 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION P2317-IGNITION COIL #6 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
Page 290 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT ION - IZATION — Continued P2314-IGNITION COIL #5 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION When Monitored: Engine running. Set Condition: If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect or not present an error is detected. One Trip Fault P2317-IGNITION COIL #6 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION When Monitored: Engine running.
Page 291 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT ION - IZATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (A142) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector.
Page 292 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT ION - IZATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broke electrode NOTE: Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface.
Page 293: P2503-Charging System Voltage Low
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored: The engine running. The engine speed greater than 1157 RPM. Set Condition: The battery sensed voltage is 1 volt below the charging goal for 13.47 seconds.
Page 294 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN. DO NOT PUT YOUR HANDS NEAR THE PULLEYS, BELTS OR FAN. DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING. Ignition on, engine not running.
Page 295 DRIVEABILITY - NGC P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit at the Generator Field harness connector.
Page 296: U0101-No Transmission Bus Message
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: U0101-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: U0101-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE When Monitored: Equipped with automatic transmission. Engine Running Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Set Condition: No bus messages are received from the TCM for 20 seconds, two trips required.
Page 297 DRIVEABILITY - NGC U0101-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 298: U0140-No Body Bus Messages
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: U0140-NO BODY BUS MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: U0140-NO BODY BUS MESSAGES When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10.0 volts. Set Condition: No BUS messages recieved from the BCM for 20 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC RESET COMMUNICATE WITH BCM PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 299 DRIVEABILITY - NGC U0140-NO BODY BUS MESSAGES — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector Disconnect the BCM harness connector. NOTE: Inspect the PCI Bus terminal at both the PCM connectors and the BCM connectors. Check for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS.
Page 300: U0155-No Cluster Bus Message
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: U0155-NO CLUSTER BUS MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: U0155-NO CLUSTER BUS MESSAGE When Monitored: Engine Running. Set Condition: No BUS messages received from the MIC (Instrument Cluster) for 20 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC RESET COMMUNICATE WITH CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPERATION TEST ACTION...
Page 301: U0168-No Skim Bus Messages
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: U0168-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES When Monitored and Set Condition: U0168-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES When Monitored: Ignition on or Engine Running. Set Condition: No BUS messages are received from the SKIM for 20 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PCM TO SKIM LOSS OF SKIM COMMUNICATION SKIM/PCM...
Page 302 DRIVEABILITY - NGC U0168-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Replace the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the Service Infor- mation. Turn the ignition on. Display and erase all PCM and SKIM DTCs. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the ignition key on for 90 seconds per cycle.
Page 303: U110C-No Fuel Level Bus Message
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: U110C-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: U110C-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE When Monitored: Ignition on. Set Condition: No fuel level BUS messages received by the PCM for 20 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC RESET COMMUNICATE WITH BCM FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PCM TO BCM...
Page 304 DRIVEABILITY - NGC U110C-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the BCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 305: Checking Pcm Power And Ground Circuits
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: *CHECKING PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS POSSIBLE CAUSES (A14) PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT (A41) PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT (Z12) PCM GROUND CIRCUITS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The battery must be fully charged before continuing. Turn the ignition off.
Page 306: Checking The A/C Relay Output
DRIVEABILITY - NGC Symptom: *CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT POSSIBLE CAUSES A/C CLUTCH RELAY OPERATION GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN A/C CLUTCH (A17) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT (C3) A/C CLUTCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT A/C CLUTCH RELAY TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the refrigerant system is properly charged. Refer to the appropriate Service Information.
Page 307 DRIVEABILITY - NGC *CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Clutch Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the A/C Clutch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (C3) A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit between the PDC and the A/C Clutch harness connector.
Page 308: Antenna Failure
SKREEM Symptom List: ANTENNA FAILURE COP FAILURE EEPROM FAILURE RAM FAILURE ROM FAULT SERIAL LINK INTERNAL FAULT STACK OVERFLOW FAILURE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be ANTENNA FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: ANTENNA FAILURE When Monitored: Every 250 milliseconds with the ignition on.
Page 309 SKREEM ANTENNA FAILURE — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES SKREEM INTERNAL DTC FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: This trouble code indicates an internal SKIM fault. With the DRBIII , read and record the SKIM DTCs and then erase the SKIM DTCs Perform 5 ignition key cycles, leaving the ignition key on for a minimum of 90 seconds per cycle.
Page 310: Pcm Status Failure
SKREEM Symptom List: PCM STATUS FAILURE SERIAL LINK EXTERNAL FAULT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be PCM STATUS FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM STATUS FAILURE When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Page 311 SKREEM PCM STATUS FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and CCD/PCI Bus (whichever applicable) circuits. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Page 312: Rolling Code Failure
SKREEM Symptom List: ROLLING CODE FAILURE VIN MISMATCH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be ROLLING CODE FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: ROLLING CODE FAILURE When Monitored: At ignition on, after ignition on during any rolling code handshake that occurs with the PCM due to a SKIM or PCM reset.
Page 313 SKREEM ROLLING CODE FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , select Engine system from the main menu. Display and record the Vehicle Identification Number. NOTE: Ensure that a VIN has been programmed into the PCM. If a VIN is not displayed, attempt to program the PCM with the correct vehicle VIN before continuing.
Page 314: Transponder Communication Failure
SKREEM Symptom List: TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE TRANSPONDER ID MISMATCH TRANSPONDER RESPONSE MISMATCH Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be TRANSPONDER COMMUNICA- TION FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE When Monitored: At ignition on and during Key Programming Mode.
Page 315 SKREEM TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read and record the SKREEM DTCs. With the DRBIII , erase the SKREEM DTCs. NOTE: Perform the following test several times to ensure the DTC is current. Turn the ignition off.
Page 316 SKREEM TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Sentry Key Remote Entry Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform SKREEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1A. Turn the ignition off.
Page 317: Unprogrammed Skreem
SKREEM Symptom: UNPROGRAMMED SKREEM When Monitored and Set Condition: UNPROGRAMMED SKREEM When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The Sentry Key Remote Entry Module has not been programmed. POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFY ACTIVE DTC TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , attempt program the SKREEM in accordance with the Service Information.
Page 318: Checking Fuel Delivery
STARTING Symptom: *CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY POSSIBLE CAUSES FUEL PUMP RELAY FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED FUEL PUMP MODULE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM OPERATION FUEL PUMP RELAY FUSED B+ CIRCUIT (A141) FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (Z1) FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN/HIGH RESISTANCE FUEL PUMP MODULE TEST...
Page 319 STARTING *CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module.
Page 320 STARTING *CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1. Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC. With a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Fused B+ circuit at the PDC.
Page 321: Checking Fuel Pressure Leak Down
STARTING Symptom: *CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE FUEL PUMP MODULE CHECKING FUEL LEAK DOWN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Page 322: Checking Hard Start (Fuel Delivery System)
STARTING Symptom: *CHECKING HARD START (FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM) POSSIBLE CAUSES RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE FUEL PUMP MODULE FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED FUEL INJECTOR(S) FUEL PUMP MODULE FUEL CONTAMINATION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off.
Page 323 STARTING *CHECKING HARD START (FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose,fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Page 324: Engine Cranks Does Not Start
STARTING Symptom: *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START POSSIBLE CAUSES FUEL PUMP RELAY NO START PRE-TEST OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR NO START POWERTRAIN FUSES OPEN FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE VISUAL/PHYSICAL INSPECT OF THE FUEL LINE AND SIPHON LINE FUEL PUMP/FUEL REGULATOR FUEL PUMP RELAY FUSED B+ CIRCUIT FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 325 STARTING *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Check for any open fuses in the PDC or Fuse Block that may be related to the No Start condition. Are any of the fuses open? Yes → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors, repair as necessary.
Page 326 STARTING *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Page 327 STARTING *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY The following items need to be checked as a possible cause for a no start condition. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply to the symptom. The spark plugs must be free from fuel, oil, coolant and/or any foreign material or deposits.
Page 328 STARTING *ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. NOTE: Check connectors - It is critical that the connector is free from any signs of corrosion or deformities Measure the resistance of the Fuel Pump Relay Output circuit from the relay connector to the fuel pump module connector.
Page 329: No Crank Condition
STARTING Symptom: *NO CRANK CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES REPAIR MECHANICAL CONDITION TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR BATTERY CIRCUIT RESISTANCE TOO HIGH IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN STARTER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN STARTER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN STARTER STARTER MOTOR RELAY STARTER RELAY...
Page 330 STARTING *NO CRANK CONDITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 331 STARTING *NO CRANK CONDITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a substitute a Relay in the of the Starter Motor Relay. Attempt to start the vehicle. Does the engine crank over? Yes → Replace the Starter Motor Relay. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
Page 332: No Response From Pcm With A No Start Condition
STARTING Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM WITH A NO START CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT PCM GROUND CIRCUITS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The DRBIII and cable must be operating properly for the results of this test to be valid.
Page 333: Start And Stall Condition
STARTING Symptom: *START AND STALL CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING DTCS CHECKING SKIM DTCS FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS TP SENSOR SWEEP TP SENSOR VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 0.92 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE CLOSED ECT SENSOR OPERATION OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR START & STALL RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED FUEL PUMP MODULE...
Page 334 STARTING *START AND STALL CONDITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Install a fuel pressure gauge.
Page 335 STARTING *START AND STALL CONDITION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read TPS VOLTS. While monitoring the DRBIII , slowly open and close the Throttle. Is the voltage change smooth? Yes → Go To 7 →...
Page 336: Verification Tests
VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completion of the Transmission Verification Test, the Powertrain Verification Test must be performed. Refer to the Powertrain Category. 2. Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link Connector (DLC). 3.
Page 337 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY 1. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 2. NOTE: If the SKREEM or PCM was replaced, refer to the service information for proper programming procedures.
Page 338 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 2 - NGC APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- cation Test must be performed. 2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM.
Page 339 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 4 - NGC APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- cation Test must be performed. 2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM.
Page 340 VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5 - NGC APPLICABILITY 1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- cation Test must be performed. 2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM.
Page 341 1. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 2. Obtain the vehicle’s unique Personal Identification Number (PIN) assigned to it’s original SKIM. This number can be obtained from the vehicle’s invoice or Chrysler’s Customer Center (1-800-992-1997). 3. NOTE: When entering the PIN, care should be taken because the SKREEM will only allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN.
Page 342: Component Locations
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.1 CONTROL MODULES 8.2 CONTROL AND SOLENOIDS...
Page 343 COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.2 CONTROL AND SOLENOIDS (Continued) TYPICAL VIEW...
Page 344: Sensor
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.3 SENSOR...
Page 345: Fuel System And Evap System
COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.4 FUEL SYSTEM AND EVAP SYSTEM 8.5 SWITCHES...
Page 346: Connector Pinouts
CONNECTOR PINOUTS 9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH - LT. GRAY 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION C3 18DB/YL A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT Z153 18BK/GY GROUND A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - GRAY 4 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K900 20DB/DG SENSOR GROUND F855 20PK/YL 5 VOLT SUPPLY C18 20LB/BR A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER SIGNAL...
Page 347: Camshaft Position Sensor - Black 3 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - BLACK 3 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION F855 20PK/YL 5 VOLT SUPPLY K900 20DB/DG SENSOR GROUND K44 20DB/GY CMP SIGNAL COIL ON PLUG NO. 1 - LT. GRAY 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K19 16DB/DG COIL CONTROL NO.
Page 348: Crankshaft Position Sensor - Black 3 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS COIL ON PLUG NO. 4 - LT. GRAY 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K15 16DB COIL CONTROL NO. 4 COIL ON PLUG NO. 5 - LT. GRAY 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K16 16DB/YL COIL CONTROL NO.
Page 349: Data Link Connector - Black 16 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS Z11 18BK/LG GROUND Z111 18BK/WT GROUND D21 20WT/GY SCI TRANSMIT (PCM) D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE D24 20WT/YL FLASH ABS D20 20WT/LG SCI RECEIVE (PCM) D15 20BR/WT SCI TRANSMIT (TCM) A105 20DB/RD...
Page 350: Evap/Purge Solenoid - Black 2 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K52 20DB/WT EVAP PURGE CONTROL K70 20DB/BR EVAP PURGE RETURN FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K11 16BR/YL INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO.
Page 351: Fuel Injector No. 3 - Black 2 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K13 16BR/LB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 3 FUEL INJECTOR NO. 4 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K14 16BR/TN INJECTOR CONTROL NO.
Page 352: Fuel Injector No. 6 - Black 2 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUEL INJECTOR NO. 6 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT K58 16BR/VT INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 6 FUEL PUMP MODULE - BLACK 6 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION N1 16DB/OR FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT N4 20DB/YL FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL NO.
Page 353 CONNECTOR PINOUTS...
Page 354: Fuses (Ipm)
CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUSES (IPM) FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION A107 12TN/RD FUSED B(+) INTERNAL FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.) A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+) INTERNAL FUSED B(+) INTERNAL FUSED B(+) INTERNAL FUSED B(+) A110 12DG/RD FUSED B(+) A130 12VT/RD (POWER SUNROOF) FUSED B(+) A701 14BR/RD (EARLY BUILD) FUSED B(+) A100 16RD/VT (TRAILER TOW LATE BUILD)
Page 355: Fuel Pump Relay
CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION INTERNAL FUSED B(+) INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) K31 20BR FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL N1 16DB/OR FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE RELAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION INTERNAL FUSED B(+) INTERNAL GROUND K36 20DB/YL MTV CONTROL K136 18BR MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE RELAY OUTPUT...
Page 356: Integrated Power Module C1 - Black 15 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 - BLACK 15 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+) D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS A109 18OR/RD FUSED B(+) F500 18DG/PK FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT T750 12YL/GY STARTER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT Z127 12BK/DG (ASSY. GROUND PLANT EVAC &...
Page 357: Integrated Power Module C4 - Green 16 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C4 - GREEN 16 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION F100 20PK/VT ORC RUN DRIVER X3 20DG/VT HORN SWITCH SENSE W7 20BR/GY FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE T751 20YL IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) F306 16DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT F307 16LB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT A214 18RD/LB...
Page 358: Integrated Power Module C6 - Gray 12 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6 - GRAY 12 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION F202 20PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS C13 20LB/OR A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL K51 18BR/GY AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL F1 20PK/WT IGNITION UNLOCK-RUN-START K36 20DB/YL MTV CONTROL INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C7 - GRAY 10 WAY...
Page 359: Integrated Power Module C9 - Blue 26 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C9 - BLUE 26 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION A115 12YL/RD (POWER FUSED B(+) LIFTGATE) A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+) A108 18LG/RD FUSED B(+) D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE L71 20WT/GY LEFT TAIL LAMP DRIVER C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT A701 18BR/RD (LATE FUSED B(+) BUILD)
Page 360: Manifold Tuning Valve Solenoid - Dk. Gray 2 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID - DK. GRAY 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z110 20BK/LG GROUND K136 18BR MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE RELAY OUTPUT NATURAL VACUUM LEAK DETECTION ASSEMBLY - BLACK 3 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z166 18BK/WT GROUND K107 20VT/WT NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL K106 20VT/LB NVLD SOL CONTROL OXYGEN SENSOR-1/1 UPSTREAM - BLACK 4 WAY...
Page 361: Powertrain Control Module C1 - Black/Black 38 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 - BLACK/BLACK 38 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z130 16BK/BR GROUND F202 20PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) F1 20PK/WT IGNITION UNLOCK-RUN-START K236 16DB/LG SRV SOL CONTROL Z131 16BK/DG GROUND G6 16VT/GY OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL G31 20OR/VT AAT SIGNAL D20 20WT/LG SCI RECEIVE (PCM)
Page 362: Powertrain Control Module C2 - Black/Orange 38 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 - BLACK/ORANGE 38 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K10 16DB/OR COIL CONTROL NO. 6 K16 16DB/YL COIL CONTROL NO. 5 K15 16DB COIL CONTROL NO. 4 K58 16BR/VT INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 6 K38 16BR/OR INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 5 K18 16DB/OR COIL CONTROL NO.
Page 363: Powertrain Control Module C3 - Black/White 38 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 - BLACK/WHITE 38 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION K51 18BR/GY AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL V35 20VT/OR S/C VENT CONTROL K173 20BR/VT RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL V32 20VT/YL S/C SUPPLY K106 20VT/LB NVLD SOL CONTROL K299 18BR/OR O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL C13 20LB/OR A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL...
Page 364: Powertrain Control Module C4 - Black/Green 38 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 - BLACK/GREEN 38 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION T60 18YL/GY OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL T59 18YL/LB UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL T19 18DB/YL 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL T20 18WT/DG LOW/REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL Z133 16BK/LG GROUND Z133 16BK/LG GROUND T1 18LB/DG TRS T1 SENSE T3 18DG/DB TRS T3 SENSE...
Page 365: Radiator Fan Motor No. 2 - Black 2 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS RADIATOR FAN MOTOR NO. 2 - BLACK 2 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION N23 12DB/DG RADIATOR FAN RELAY OUTPUT Z223 12BK/DG GROUND RADIATOR FAN RELAY - BLACK 4 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+) N23 12DB/DG RADIATOR FAN RELAY OUTPUT Z723 18BK/DG GROUND K173 18BR/VT...
Page 366: Speed Control Servo - Black 4 Way
CONNECTOR PINOUTS SPEED CONTROL SERVO - BLACK 4 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION V36 20YL/VT S/C VACUUM CONTROL V35 20VT/OR S/C VENT CONTROL V30 20VT/WT SPEED CONTROL BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT Z155 18BK/LG GROUND SPEED CONTROL SWITCH-LEFT - BLACK 3 WAY CIRCUIT FUNCTION Z23 20BK/VT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND V37 20VT...
Page 367 NOTES...
Page 368: Schematic Diagrams
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.1 2004 CS 3.5L...
Page 369: Cs 3.5L
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.2 2004 CS 3.5L...
Page 370 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.3 2004 CS 3.5L...
Page 371 NOTES...
Page 372: Charts And Graphs
CHARTS AND GRAPHS 11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS...
Page 373 CHARTS AND GRAPHS...
Page 374 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ............1 SYSTEM COVERAGE .
Page 375 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 3.10.4 FRONT FOG LAMP ........18 3.10.5 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER .
Page 376 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 3.19.1 SENTRY KEY REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (SKREEM)... .34 3.20 WIPER SYSTEM ...........34 3.20.1 FRONT WIPER .
Page 377 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued INTERNAL 3 ............59 INTERNAL 4 .
Page 378 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY ....188 PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND ....191 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN .
Page 379 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH ........257 CD PLAY FAILURE .
Page 380 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED ........317 MSM MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT .
Page 381 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM....395 DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM ....397 EBL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN - IPM.
Page 382 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued RIGHT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM ....488 RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM ......490 RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT-BCM .
Page 383 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued BODY STATUS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) ......504 BOOT CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) .
Page 384 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE ....... . .557 *FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED .
Page 385 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued SKREEM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED ........620 TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED.
Page 386 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued LOOPBACK FAILURE...........670 MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED .
Page 387 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LIFTGATE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND .............744 INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OPTICAL SIGNAL MISSING .
Page 388 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued POWER SEATS BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - MHSAPM......824 DDM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - MHSAPM.
Page 389 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued PASSENGER SEAT RECLINER REARWARD SWITCH MESSAGE STUCK - MHSAPM .............888 PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - MHSAPM.
Page 390 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued LOSS OF IGNITION VOLTAGE ......... . .936 MIRROR POWER CIRCUIT OPEN .
Page 391 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY *ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN ..........963 *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM DRIVERS DOOR.
Page 392 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ......... .1008 8.6.1 FUEL PUMP MODULE HARNESS CONNECTOR .
Page 393 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued C302 - BLACK (BODY SIDE) ..........1028 C302 - BLACK (LEFT FRONT DOOR SIDE).
Page 394 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued IGNITION SWITCH - BLACK 5 WAY ........1043 IMPACT SENSOR-LEFT FRONT - BLACK 2 WAY .
Page 395 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued POWER LIFTGATE MODULE C2 - BLACK 20 WAY ......1060 POWER MIRROR-DRIVER - BLACK 12 WAY ......1060 POWER MIRROR-PASSENGER - BLACK 12 WAY .
Page 396 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued WIPER MODULE-REAR - NATURAL 3 WAY .......1075 WIPER/WASHER SWITCH - WHITE 10 WAY.
Page 397 NOTES xxiv...
Page 398 GENERAL INFORMATION 1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING 1.0 INTRODUCTION PROCEDURE This manual contains all of the specifications, instructions, and graphics needed to diagnose CS Diagnosis of the body system is done in six basic body system problems. The diagnostics in this man- steps: ual are based on the failure condition or symptom •...
Page 399: Airbag System
GENERAL INFORMATION a message via the PCI Bus to the MHSAPM/ 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND MSAPM requesting pedal adjustment. FUNCTIONAL OPERATION MHSAPM/MSAPM retains the memory recall for the adjustable pedals which can be recalled from The CS body system consists of a combination of the driver door mounted memory buttons or RKE modules that communicate over the PCI Bus (Pro- transmitter.
Page 400 GENERAL INFORMATION system and found it to be free of discernible mal- WARNING: AIRBAG SYSTEM functions. If the lamp comes on and stays on for a SENSITIVE, COMPLEX ELECTROMECHANICAL period longer than 6-8 seconds then goes off, there UNIT. BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO DIAGNOSE OR is usually an intermittent problem in the system.
Page 401 GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: THE DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE CAUTION: Deployed dual squib front airbags CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO may or may not have live pyrotechnic OVER 17000 kPa (2500 PSI). DO NOT material within the air bag inflator. Do not ATTEMPT DISMANTLE AIRBAG...
Page 402 GENERAL INFORMATION If neither of the following codes is an active code: 3.2.3 PASSENGER AIRBAGS The Passenger Airbag is equipped with dual ACTIVE DTC SQUIB STATUS stage squib inflators. When supplied with the Driver squib 1 open Status of Airbag is proper electrical signal the passenger airbag infla- Unknown.
Page 403 GENERAL INFORMATION CAUTION: Deployed dual squib front airbags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the air bag inflator. Do not dispose of 2004 Model Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you are sure of complete deployment. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for Proper Disposal.
Page 404 COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS severity of a side impact. Each sensor also contains SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR an electronic communication chip that allows the PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY unit to communicate the sensor status as well as APPEAR...
Page 405 GENERAL INFORMATION active, continue this process until all components and will remain stored. When and if the malfunc- in the circuit have been tested. Then disconnect the tion ceases to exist, an ignition cycle count will be module connector and connect the matching initiated for that code.
Page 406 GENERAL INFORMATION systems the amplifier provides two output (6 and 7) The radio also supplies the PCI Bus, left and to a dual voice coil subwoofer. Both amplifiers right speaker output through a single cable. All contain diagnostic software allowing them to dis- features you would expect, such as Disc Up/Down, play Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and perform Track Up/Down, Random and Scan are controlled...
Page 407 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.4 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) • Provides interior lighting (courtesy/reading lamps). • Provides diagnostic reporting. CAUTION: Notice To Service Technicians, • Provides electronic liftgate release (with power Dealership Personnel, and Plant Personnel, door locks). Engineering Does Recommend • Provides exterior lighting.
Page 408 GENERAL INFORMATION • key-in accessory will stop, but the lamp will remain illuminated for an additional 3 seconds. The Enhanced Seat • engine temperature critical Belt Reminder cycles for a total of 12 times (96 • low washer fluid seconds). After the 12th time, the Seat Belt •...
Page 409 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.5.3 WARNING LAMP ANNOUNCEMENT Traction control Lamp: The cluster will sound a chime and display an EVIC warning message after illuminating the in- Low Fuel Lamp: dicator if the traction control system: The cluster will sound a single chime and display an EVIC warning message after illuminating the •...
Page 410 GENERAL INFORMATION • EVIC message when there is a power liftgate CD/DVD Changer actuation with the: • Satellite Radio Receiver • Overhead console or RKE and the doors are • Memory/Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module locked. • Sentry Key Remote Entry Module (SKREEM) •...
Page 411 GENERAL INFORMATION Symptoms of a complete PCI Bus Communica- tion Failure would include but are not limited to: • All gauges on the MIC stay at zero • All telltales on MIC illuminate • MIC backlighting at full intensity • No response received from any module on the PCI Bus (except the PCM) •...
Page 412 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.8 DOOR MODULES window switch in each passenger door. When in lockout mode, the lockout switch illuminates in red and each passenger window switch LED turns off A multiplexed Driver Door Module (DDM) is indicating the respective switch is inactive. An- located in the driver door.
Page 413 GENERAL INFORMATION Module (PDM) receives input for a lock request ton, on the RKE transmitter, one time, the driver from a door lock switch, RKE (through the door lock will unlock, the illuminated entry will BCM), or a cylinder lock switch (only with turn on the courtesy lamps, and the vehicle theft VTSS), they will turn the lock drivers on for security system (if equipped) will disarm.
Page 414 GENERAL INFORMATION • ceiver range, battery replacement, etc.), the re- After pressing the Memory Set Switch (#1 or #2), ceiver and transmitter can fall out of synchroniza- the DDM receives and interprets the analog tion. Note: The lock function works from the RKE signal and then sends a PCI Bus message to the transmitter even in an out of synchronization con- Passenger Door Module (PDM), the Memory/...
Page 415 GENERAL INFORMATION reaches its threshold for either setting, high or low. lamps. The BCM then sends a signal through the As the temperature decreases, the voltage reading PCI Bus line to the IPM as to what state the switch increases until the upper threshold is reached for has selected.
Page 416 GENERAL INFORMATION • 3.11 HEATING & A/C SYSTEM provides a blower delay function for cold engine blower lock out. A Blower Speed Clamping feature minimizes 3.11.1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE occupant discomfort controlling amount of warm air coming out of the HVAC CONTROL (ATC) system should the Powertrain Control Mod- ule (PCM) disable A/C compressor operation...
Page 417: System Revisions
GENERAL INFORMATION • provides a blower after run feature. System Relays The blower after run feature evacuates the • The Integrated Power Module (IPM) houses and HVAC evaporator of condensate to prevent provides power to the A/C Clutch Relay, EBL odor.
Page 418 GENERAL INFORMATION • will not run: NOTE: Anytime the vehicle is turned off for more than 2 hours, the OAT display will if ambient temperature is below 12(C (53(F). update instantly upon ignition on. However, if A/C pressure is below 50 psi or above 300 if the vehicle is turned off for less than 2 hours and the outside air temperature if the evaporator temperature sensor/circuit...
Page 419: Vehicle Information
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.12 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3.12.3 ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER (EVIC) 3.12.1 NAVIGATION The Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC), which is located in the cluster, uses a A five-inch Thin Film Transistor screen mounted vacuum fluorescent (VF) display to supply vehicle in the instrument cluster projects color navigation information.
Page 420 GENERAL INFORMATION • PERFORM SERVICE complete information of the programmable fea- tures and memory messages, refer to the Owner’s • DOOR AJAR (individual or multiple doors) Manual. • LOW or HIGH TIRE(S) PRESSURE (when equipped) RESET BUTTON • PEDAL ADJUST DISABLED CRUISE EN- Use the RESET Button to: GAGED (when equipped) 1.
Page 421: Compass Calibration
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.12.3.3 SETTING MAGNETIC ZONE greater than zero, auto-calibration is performed continuously. If the calibration information stored VARIANCE in the compass module memory is not within the Variance is the difference between magnetic normal range after a power-up cycle, the compass North and geographic North.
Page 422 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.12.3.5 HOMELINK UNIVERSAL Use the STEP button to select and the MENU button to confirm YES. The CMTC will initiate the TRANSMITTER following procedure: If equipped, the HomeLink Universal Trans- 2. A display will prompt the user to: TRAIN mitter is integrated into the overhead console.
Page 423: Spare Wheel
GENERAL INFORMATION 3.12.3.6.1.1 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS B. Request a chime. C. Display SERVICE TIRE SYSTEM SOON. The CMTC will monitor the tire pressure signals from the tire Sensor/Transmitters and determine if Use the DRBIII Inputs/Outputs function to any tire has gone below the low-pressure threshold further isolate the specific concern.
Page 424 GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Attempt the Retrain procedure. exceeded the high-pressure thresholds. Refer to the tables below: 2. If the display reoccurs, replace the CMTC. LOW TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS 3.12.3.6.1.6 SYSTEM TEST SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR TIRE PRESSURE A test of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System 193 kPa (28 PSI) can be initiated in the EVIC.
Page 425 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.13.1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF NOTE: The EVIC will not display information for any of the screens for which it did not TEST (EARLY BUILD VEHICLES receive the proper PCI bus data. Refer to the ONLY) symptom list in the Overhead Console section for problems related to CMTC.
Page 426 GENERAL INFORMATION • Electronic back light (EBL) relay When the IPM receives a message for front side marker lamps on, the IPM will supply power to pin • Run only relay 6 of the C5 connector for the right front side •...
Page 427 GENERAL INFORMATION tects the washer motor from system voltages longer than 30 seconds, the IPM will automatically higher than 16 volts by automatically switching off deactivate the horn to prevent damage to it. The the high side circuit. IPM will re-activate control of the relay after a 25 second cool-down period.
Page 428 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.14.3 ELECTRICAL INPUTS CAUTION: will learn several Learned Features when it is connected to a Module battery supply - Battery input is on the vehicle, therefore it is not recommended that nut and bolt connector of the IPM. This supplies IPM’s be swapped from one vehicle to battery voltage for all IPM operations.
Page 429 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.16 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM 3.16.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS 1. Battery voltage too high or too low (above 16V, below 9.5V) 3.16.1 POWER LIFTGATE 2. Vehicle in gear Anyone of the following will activate the power 3. Vehicle speed > 0 mph (0 km/h) liftgate (PLG) system: remote keyless entry (RKE), overhead console switches, outside liftgate handle 4.
Page 430 GENERAL INFORMATION 3.17.2 POWER SEAT - PASSENGER the mirror motors by measuring the voltage on each signal circuit. When a memory position is set, The passenger power seat is controlled by the the DDM and PDM monitor and store the position MHSAPM/MSAPM through PCI BUS messages of the outside mirrors.
Page 431: Wiper System
GENERAL INFORMATION (SKREEM). The VTSS indicator lamp will flash for wiper system is only active when the ignition approximately 15 seconds during the arming pro- switch is in the RUN/ACC position. The vehicle cess. If there is no interruption during the arming operator selects the front wiper function using the process, upon completion the VTSS indicator lamp front wiper switch (a resistive multiplexed stalk...
Page 432 GENERAL INFORMATION integral to the multifunction switch. The rear 3.23 DRBIII DOES NOT POWER UP wiper switch is hardwired to the Body Control (BLANK SCREEN) Module (BCM). Upon receiving a wiper switch signal, the BCM provides 12 volts to the rear wiper If the LED’s do not light or no sound is emitted at motor.
Page 433 GENERAL INFORMATION 4.2 SAFETY 4.2.4 DRBIII SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE 4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION DRBIII MULTIMETER DANGEROUS. READ ALL DRBIII INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE WARNING: WHEN OPERATING, ENGINES USING THE MULTIMETER. FAILURE TO PRODUCE AN ODORLESS GAS CALLED FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS...
Page 434 GENERAL INFORMATION 4.3 WARNINGS airbag control module AECM airbag electronic control module (ACM) 4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS adjustable pedals module Before disconnecting any control module, make sure the ignition is off . Failure to do so could ASDM airbag system diagnostic module damage the module.When testing voltage or conti- (ACM) nuity at any control module, use the terminal side...
Page 435 GENERAL INFORMATION odometer seat belt tensioner occupant restraint controller SDAR satellite digital audio receiver passenger airbag SIACM side impact airbag control module PASS passenger SKREEM Sentry Key RemotE Entry Module Programmable Communication In- seat module terface (vehicle communication bus) SQUIB also called initiator (located inside powertrain control module airbag)
Page 436 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES...
Page 437 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS Symptom List: BROKEN CABLE - MHSAPM/MSAPM BROKEN FORWARD CABLE - MHSAPM/MSAPM BROKEN REARWARD CABLE - MHSAPM/MSAPM LOSS OF HALL FORWARD SIGNAL - MHSAPM/MSAPM LOSS OF HALL REARWARD SIGNAL - MHSAPM/MSAPM Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be BROKEN CABLE - MHSAPM/ MSAPM.
Page 438 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS BROKEN CABLE - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING ADJUSTABLE PEDAL SENSOR VOLTAGE ADJUSTABLE PEDAL ASSEMBLY INSPECTION MEMORY HEATED SEAT ADJUSTABLE PEDAL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase the DTC from Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module (MHSAPM).
Page 439 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS BROKEN CABLE - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Perform an inspection on the Adjustable Pedal Assembly. Look for any signs of damage, bent, or worn components that might cause a rate of speed difference between the two pedals. Is there any damaged or worn components? Yes →...
Page 440 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS Symptom List: HALL FEEDBACK SIGNAL OPEN - MHSAPM/MSAPM PEDAL HALL INPUT OPEN - MHSAPM/MSAPM PEDAL HALL INPUT SHORTED LOW - MHSAPM/MSAPM Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be HALL FEEDBACK SIGNAL OPEN - MHSAPM/MSAPM.
Page 441 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS HALL FEEDBACK SIGNAL OPEN - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase the DTC from Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module (MHSAPM). Operate the driver’s power seat and memory system. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position then start the engine and let run for one minute.
Page 442 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS HALL FEEDBACK SIGNAL OPEN - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Ensure the MHSAPM is fully connected before proceeding. Disconnect the Adjustable Pedal Motor Connector. Connect a jumper wire between Adjustable Pedal Motor Hall Sense and Adjustable Pedal Hall Signal circuits.
Page 443 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS Symptom: PEDAL FORWARD SWITCH STUCK - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PEDAL FORWARD SWITCH STUCK - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored: Ignition On - Continuously Set Condition: The MHSAPM/MSAPM detects message longer than 35 seconds from the DDM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PEDAL FORWARD SWITCH STUCK TEST ACTION...
Page 444 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS Symptom: PEDAL HALL INPUT SHORTED HIGH - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PEDAL HALL INPUT SHORTED HIGH - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored: Ignition On - Continuously Set Condition: The MHSAPM/MSAPM detects voltage higher than 4.6 volts on the Adjustable Pedal Hall Signal circuit.
Page 445 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS PEDAL HALL INPUT SHORTED HIGH - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Adjustable Pedal Motor connector. Turn ignition on. Measure the voltage between Adjustable Pedal Motor Hall Sense circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 5.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 446 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS PEDAL HALL INPUT SHORTED HIGH - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the MHSAPM C1 connector. Disconnect the Adjustable Pedal Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Adjustable Pedal Hall Sense Return circuit between the Adjustable Pedal Motor connector and the MHSAPM C1 connector.
Page 447 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS Symptom: PEDAL REARWARD SWITCH STUCK - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PEDAL REARWARD SWITCH STUCK - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored: Ignition On - Continuously Set Condition: The MHSAPM/MSAPM detects message longer than 35 seconds from the DDM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PEDAL REARWARD SWITCH STUCK TEST ACTION...
Page 448 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS Symptom: PEDAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PEDAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored: Ignition On - Continuously Set Condition: The MHSAPM/MSAPM detects voltage higher than 4.6 volts on the Adjustable Pedal Sensor Signal circuit.
Page 449 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS PEDAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Adjustable Pedal Sensor connector. Turn ignition on. Measure the voltage between Adjustable Pedal Sensor Feed circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 5.5 volts? Yes →...
Page 450 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS PEDAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the MHSAPM C1 connector. Disconnect the Adjustable Pedal Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Adjustable Pedal Sensor Return circuit between the Adjustable Pedal Sensor connector and the MHSAPM C1 connector.
Page 451 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS Symptom: PEDAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PEDAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM/MSAPM When Monitored: Ignition On - Continuously Set Condition: The MHSAPM/MSAPM detects voltage lower than 0.2 volts on the Adjustable Pedal Sensor Signal circuit POSSIBLE CAUSES STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE...
Page 452 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS PEDAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Adjustable Pedal Sensor Connector. Disconnect the MHSAPM C1 Connector. Measure the resistance of the Adjustable Pedal Sensor Signal circuit between the Adjustable Pedal Sensor connector and the MHSAPM C1 connector.
Page 453 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS PEDAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM/MSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the MHSAPM C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Adjustable Pedal Sensor Feed circuit to body ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 454 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS Symptom: PEDAL SWITCH STUCK - DDM When Monitored and Set Condition: PEDAL SWITCH STUCK - DDM When Monitored: Ignition On - Continuously Set Condition: The DDM detects Adjustable Pedal Switch active continuously for 30 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT ADJUSTABLE PEDAL SWITCH ADJUSTABLE PEDAL SWITCH MUX DRIVER DOOR MODULE...
Page 455 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS PEDAL SWITCH STUCK - DDM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C2 connector. Inspect the Adjustable Pedal Switch MUX circuit for a partial short to ground or to another circuit in the seat switch harness.
Page 456 AIRBAG Symptom List: ACCELEROMETER 1 INTERNAL 1 INTERNAL 2 INTERNAL 3 INTERNAL 4 OUTPUT DRIVER 1 OUTPUT DRIVER 2 STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be ACCELEROMETER 1. When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCELEROMETER 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously...
Page 457 AIRBAG ACCELEROMETER 1 — Continued OUTPUT DRIVER 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit. OUTPUT DRIVER 2 When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.
Page 458 AIRBAG Symptom List: AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER. When Monitored and Set Condition: AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status.
Page 459 AIRBAG AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Ensure the battery is fully charged. NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM - STORED DTC...
Page 460 AIRBAG AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 461: Calibration Mismatch
AIRBAG Symptom: CALIBRATION MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: CALIBRATION MISMATCH When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message containing the body style. Note: The VIN message should match the vehicle VIN plate. Set Condition: If the Body style stored in ACM does not exactly match the vehicle body style indicated by the PCM for 2 consecutive VIN messages, then the fault shall be set.
Page 462 AIRBAG CALIBRATION MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE MISCELLANEOUS, select MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 463: Cluster Message Mismatch
AIRBAG Symptom: CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored: After the MIC bulb test is completed, the ACM compares the Lamp Request by ACM, On or Off, and the Lamp on by MIC, On or Off, PCI Bus messages. Each message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp state occur.
Page 464 AIRBAG CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DISPLAY and WARNING LAMP STATUS. Cycle the ignition key and observe the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors after the 6 to 8 second indicator test. Does the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors match? Go To 4 Replace Mechanical Instrument Cluster.
Page 465 AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Knee Blocker Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Knee Blocker Squib 1 circuits.
Page 466 AIRBAG DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Knee Blocker Airbag connector. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 467 AIRBAG DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 468 AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Knee Blocker Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Knee Blocker Squib 1 circuits.
Page 469 AIRBAG DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Knee Blocker Airbag connector. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR...
Page 470 AIRBAG DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 471 AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Knee Blocker Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Knee Blocker Squib 1 circuits.
Page 472 AIRBAG DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Knee Blocker Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 473 AIRBAG DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 474 AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Knee Blocker Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in either Driver Knee Blocker Squib 1 circuits.
Page 475 AIRBAG DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Knee Blocker Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 476 AIRBAG DRIVER KNEE BLOCKER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 477: Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 478 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
Page 479 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 480: Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance in the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 481 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Page 482 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 483: Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 484 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
Page 485 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 486: Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 487 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Page 488 AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 489: Driver Squib 1 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 circuits.
Page 490 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 491 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 492: Driver Squib 1 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT...
Page 493 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 494 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 495: Driver Squib 1 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 496 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s). WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 497 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 498: Driver Squib 1 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 499 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 500 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 501: Driver Squib 2 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2 circuits.
Page 502 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR...
Page 503 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 504: Driver Squib 2 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects low resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT...
Page 505 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 506 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 507: Driver Squib 2 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects high voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 508 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s). WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 509 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 510: Driver Squib 2 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: The ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND...
Page 511 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 512 AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 513 AIRBAG Symptom: LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain or Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Left Curtain or Seat Squib circuits.
Page 514 AIRBAG LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left Curtain or Seat Airbag connector. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI- OUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 515 AIRBAG LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 516 AIRBAG Symptom: LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the Left Curtain or Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a low resistance between the Left Curtain or Seat Squib circuits.
Page 517 AIRBAG LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left Curtain or Seat Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 518 AIRBAG LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 519 AIRBAG Symptom: LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Left Curtain or Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Left Curtain or Seat Squib circuits.
Page 520 AIRBAG LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI- OUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 521 AIRBAG Symptom: LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain or Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in either Left Curtain or Seat Squib circuits.
Page 522 AIRBAG LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left Curtain or Seat Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 523 AIRBAG LEFT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 524 AIRBAG Symptom: LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: The Left Front Impact sensors is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Left Front Impact sensor internal 1 message to the ACM.
Page 525 AIRBAG LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 526: Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Internal 1
AIRBAG Symptom: LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: At ignition on, the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 internal 1 message to the ACM.
Page 527 AIRBAG LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 528 AIRBAG Symptom: LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: At ignition on, the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 internal 1 message to the ACM.
Page 529 AIRBAG LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 INTERNAL 1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 530 AIRBAG Symptom: LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: At ignition on, the Left Side Impact Sensor 3 is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 internal 1 message to the ACM.
Page 531 AIRBAG LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 INTERNAL 1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 532 AIRBAG Symptom List: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN ORC RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START.
Page 533 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the battery is fully charged. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. SELECT MODULE AND DTC TYPE: ACM - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2...
Page 534 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 535 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit between the IPM connector and ground.
Page 536 AIRBAG Symptom List: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY. When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY When Monitored: With the ignition in the run only position the ACM monitors the ORC...
Page 537 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Ensure the battery is fully charged. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. SELECT ONE: ACM - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2...
Page 538 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Gain access to the connectors on the bottom of the IPM. Disconnect the IPM C7 connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Page 539 AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 540: No Cluster Message
AIRBAG Symptom: NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on, lamp state change, or in response to the ACM message.
Page 541 AIRBAG NO CLUSTER MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 542 AIRBAG Symptom: NO LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Left Front Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal.
Page 543 AIRBAG NO LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left front Impact Sensor 1 connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 544 AIRBAG NO LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the Left Front Impact Sensor 1. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
Page 545 AIRBAG NO LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 546: No Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Communication
AIRBAG Symptom: NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal.
Page 547 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 548 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 1. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
Page 549 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 550 AIRBAG Symptom: NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal.
Page 551 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left Side Impact Sensor connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 552 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 2. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
Page 553 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 554 AIRBAG Symptom: NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Left Side Impact Sensor 3 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal.
Page 555 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Left Side Impact Sensor 3 connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 556 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 3. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
Page 557 AIRBAG NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 558 AIRBAG Symptom: NO ODOMETER MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO ODOMETER MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Odometer message from the Body Control Module. The PCM transmits the odometer message at 1 second intervals.
Page 559 AIRBAG NO ODOMETER MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 560 AIRBAG NO ODOMETER MESSAGE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 561 AIRBAG Symptom: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored: With the ignition on and the module transmitting information on the BUS. Set Condition: The code will set immediately if the onboard diagnostic cannot detect the module transmitting information on the BUS.
Page 562 AIRBAG NO PCI TRANSMISSION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 563 AIRBAG Symptom: NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Right Front Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal.
Page 564 AIRBAG NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Front Impact Sensor connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 565 AIRBAG NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the Right Front Impact Sensor 1. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
Page 566 AIRBAG NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 567: No Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Communication
AIRBAG Symptom: NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal.
Page 568 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 569 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 . Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
Page 570 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 571 AIRBAG Symptom: NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal.
Page 572 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 573 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
Page 574 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 575 AIRBAG Symptom: NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Right Side Impact Sensor 3 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal.
Page 576 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Side Impact Sensor 3 connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Page 577 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor 3. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
Page 578 AIRBAG NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 COMMUNICATION — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 579: Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 580 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger SBT connector. Disconnect the Airbag control Module connector(s).
Page 581 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 582: Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 583 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Page 584 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 585: Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 586 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
Page 587 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 588: Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects la short to ground in either Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Page 589 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
Page 590 AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 591: Passenger Squib 1 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
Page 592 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 593 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 594: Passenger Squib 1 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2...
Page 595 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 596 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 597: Passenger Squib 1 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 598 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 599 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 600: Passenger Squib 1 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
Page 601 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 602 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 603: Passenger Squib 2 Circuit Open
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.
Page 604 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 605 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 606: Passenger Squib 2 Circuit Short
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2...
Page 607 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 608 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 609: Passenger Squib 2 Short To Battery
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY...
Page 610 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 611 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 612: Passenger Squib 2 Short To Ground
AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Squib 2 circuits.
Page 613 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Page 614 AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 615 AIRBAG Symptom: POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW When Monitored: The ACM continuously monitors the Ignition Run - Start and Run Only circuits to guarantee that the Side Impact Sensors will have sufficient voltage to function properly.
Page 616 AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 617 AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 618 AIRBAG Symptom: RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Right Curtain or Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Right Curtain or Seat Squib circuits.
Page 619 AIRBAG RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Seat Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SUR- FACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY...
Page 620 AIRBAG RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 621 AIRBAG Symptom: RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the Right Curtain or Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a low resistance between the Right Curtain or Seat Squib circuits.
Page 622 AIRBAG RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Seat Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
Page 623 AIRBAG RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 624 AIRBAG Symptom: RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Right Curtain or Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Right Curtain or Seat Squib circuits.
Page 625 AIRBAG RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Right Curtain or Seat Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI-...
Page 626 AIRBAG RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 627 AIRBAG Symptom: RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Right Curtain or Seat Squib circuits. Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in either Right Curtain or Seat Squib circuits.
Page 628 AIRBAG RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Airbag connector(s). NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SUR- FACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY...
Page 629 AIRBAG RIGHT CURTAIN OR SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
Page 630 AIRBAG Symptom: RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: The Right Front Impact sensors is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Right Front Impact sensor internal 1 message to the ACM.
Page 631 AIRBAG RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 632: Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Internal 1
AIRBAG Symptom: RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: At ignition on, the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 internal 1 message to the ACM.
Page 633 AIRBAG RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 634 AIRBAG Symptom: RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: At ignition on, the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 internal 1 message to the ACM.
Page 635 AIRBAG RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 INTERNAL 1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 636 AIRBAG Symptom: RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: At ignition on, the Right Side Impact Sensor 3 is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 internal 1 message to the ACM.
Page 637 AIRBAG RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 3 INTERNAL 1 — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Page 638: Vehicle Body Style Mismatch
AIRBAG Symptom: VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message containing the vehicle body style from the Powertrain Control Module. The PCM transmits the VIN message every 14 seconds.
Page 639 AIRBAG VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control Module. Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate. Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match? Yes →...
Page 640 AIRBAG VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Page 641: Airbag Indicator On Without Active Trouble Codes
AIRBAG Symptom: *AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Turn the ignition on. Make sure that all active DTC’s have been repaired before performing this procedure. With the DRBIII select the PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DIS- PLAY and read the WARNING LAMP STATES.
Page 642 AUDIO Symptom: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT SPEAKER SECTION OF AMPLIFIER (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 643 AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Amplifier C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Radio (C1 on premium) harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and each radio right and left (+) circuit. Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms? Yes →...
Page 644 AUDIO Symptom: ANTENNA HARDWARE FAILURE - SDARS When Monitored and Set Condition: ANTENNA HARDWARE FAILURE - SDARS When Monitored: With radio turned on. Set Condition: If the antenna is connected, and the antenna has an internal failure. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL ANTENNA FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 645 AUDIO Symptom: ANTENNA NOT CONNECTED - SDARS When Monitored and Set Condition: ANTENNA NOT CONNECTED - SDARS When Monitored: With the radio turned on. Set Condition: When either of the antenna cables is not connected. POSSIBLE CAUSES SATELLITE SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TERR SIGNAL OPEN TERR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SATELLITE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 646 AUDIO ANTENNA NOT CONNECTED - SDARS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Satellite Receiver Antenna connector. Disconnect the Satellite Radio Receiver harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the Satellite Signal circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 647 AUDIO Symptom List: BUS BUSY - SDARS PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY - MHSAPM PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND - MHSAPM Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be BUS BUSY - SDARS.
Page 648 AUDIO BUS BUSY - SDARS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For this code to be active, the DRB will not be able to communicate with any modules on the vehicle (except the PCM). NOTE: Clear the code. If this code continues to set and the DRB can still communicate with the module, it will be necessary to replace the module.
Page 649 AUDIO Symptom: BUS LOW - SDARS When Monitored and Set Condition: BUS LOW - SDARS When Monitored: With the ignition in the run position, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: Anytime the module detects a short to ground on the PCI Bus circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST...
Page 650 AUDIO Symptom List: CASSETTE PLAYER INOP CD MECHANICAL FAILURE REAR TRANSMITTER FAILURE *AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE *ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE *BALANCE INOPERATIVE *CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE *EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE *FADER INOPERATIVE *FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE *HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE *PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE *PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE...
Page 651: Cassette Player Inop
AUDIO CASSETTE PLAYER INOP — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: If a DTC is set, erase the DTC and attempt to reset the DTC. If DTC resets, follow this test. This is an internal radio failure. View repair Repair Replace the Radio. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 652 AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the CD Changer detects a mechanical failure. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL FAILURE TEST...
Page 653 AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the CD Changer.
Page 654 AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is above +65° C (+145°...
Page 655: Cd Play Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD PLAY FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD PLAY FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD or is scratched, dirty so the radio can not play the CD.
Page 656: Cd Read Failure
AUDIO Symptom: CD READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD READ FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the radio CD player.
Page 657: Cd Temperature High
AUDIO Symptom: CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above +85°...
Page 658 AUDIO Symptom: EQ FAULT - NO EQ ACTIVE - AMPLIFIER When Monitored and Set Condition: EQ FAULT - NO EQ ACTIVE - AMPLIFIER When Monitored: When the DRBIII performs the Identify EQ Test. Set Condition: When the Amplifier detects a fault with the current EQ mode. POSSIBLE CAUSES AMPLIFIER INTERMITTENT CONDITION...
Page 659 AUDIO Symptom: INTERNAL FAILURE - AMPLIFIER When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL FAILURE - AMPLIFIER When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module has failed the loop back test. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute.
Page 660 AUDIO Symptom: INTERNAL FAILURE - SDARS When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL FAILURE - SDARS When Monitored: Ignition key in accessory or run position. Set Condition: Internal bus communication failure between processors. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL SDARS FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY The Satellite Radio Receiver is reporting internal errors, view repair to continue.
Page 661 AUDIO Symptom: INTERNAL RECEIVER FAILURE - SDARS When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL RECEIVER FAILURE - SDARS When Monitored: Ignition key in accessory or run position. Set Condition: Internal failure is detected. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL RECEIVER FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY The Satellite Radio Receiver is reporting internal errors, view repair to continue.
Page 662 AUDIO Symptom: LOSS OF COMMUNICATION ON PRIVATE BUS - SDARS When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF COMMUNICATION ON PRIVATE BUS - SDARS When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The radio does not receive any messages from the Satellite Receiver for at least 12 seconds.
Page 663 AUDIO LOSS OF COMMUNICATION ON PRIVATE BUS - SDARS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Satellite Receiver Module harness connectors. Disconnect the Satellite Radio Multiplexer harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Audio Bus 2 circuit. Is the voltage above 2 volts? Yes →...
Page 664 AUDIO LOSS OF COMMUNICATION ON PRIVATE BUS - SDARS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Disconnect the Satellite Receiver Module harness connectors and check the related wiring terminals for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. NOTE: Disconnect the Satellite Radio Multiplexer harness connectors and check the related wiring terminals for corrosion, damage or terminal push out.
Page 665: Low Voltage Level
AUDIO Symptom: LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL When Monitored and Set Condition: LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL When Monitored: Set Condition: The radio detects lower than normal voltage. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM CHECK VOLTAGE LEVEL AT RADIO RADIO TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Check the charging system in accordance with the service information. Is the charging system operating properly? Yes →...
Page 666 AUDIO Symptom: NAV MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - AMPLIFIER When Monitored and Set Condition: NAV MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - AMPLIFIER When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the navigation module. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE NAVIGATION MODULE AMPLIFIER TEST...
Page 667: No Antenna Connection
AUDIO Symptom: NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio in seek up/down mode. Set Condition: With the radio in seek mode for two minutes and the radio does not detect an antenna connection or does not receive a radio station signal.
Page 668 AUDIO Symptom: NO COMMUNICATION WITH AMPLIFIER - RADIO When Monitored and Set Condition: NO COMMUNICATION WITH AMPLIFIER - RADIO When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module misses 5 successive periodic messages or has not received an in frame response after 3 consecutive retries. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE AMPLIFIER RADIO...
Page 669 AUDIO Symptom: NO COMMUNICATION WITH BCM - RADIO When Monitored and Set Condition: NO COMMUNICATION WITH BCM - RADIO When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module misses 5 successive periodic messages or has not received an in frame response after 3 consecutive retries. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM RADIO...
Page 670 AUDIO Symptom: NO COMMUNICATION WITH CD/DVD CHANGER - RADIO When Monitored and Set Condition: NO COMMUNICATION WITH CD/DVD CHANGER - RADIO When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module misses 5 successive periodic messages or has not received an in frame response after 3 consecutive retries.
Page 671 AUDIO NO COMMUNICATION WITH CD/DVD CHANGER - RADIO — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and black test probes. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Page 672 AUDIO Symptom: NO COMMUNICATION WITH NAV - RADIO When Monitored and Set Condition: NO COMMUNICATION WITH NAV - RADIO When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module misses 5 successive periodic messages or has not received an in frame response after 3 consecutive retries. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE NAVIGATION MODULE RADIO...
Page 673 AUDIO Symptom: NO COMMUNICATION WITH SDARS - RADIO When Monitored and Set Condition: NO COMMUNICATION WITH SDARS - RADIO When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module misses 5 successive periodic messages or has not received an in frame response after 3 consecutive retries. POSSIBLE CAUSES SDARS WIRING HARNESS PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 674 AUDIO NO COMMUNICATION WITH SDARS - RADIO — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and black test probes. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Page 675 AUDIO Symptom: NO J1850 COMMUNICATION - SDARS POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: For this code to be active, the DRB will not be able to communicate with any modules on the vehicle (except the PCM). NOTE: Clear the code. If this code continues to set and the DRB can still communicate with the module, it will be necessary to replace the module.
Page 676 AUDIO Symptom: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module fails a phase 1 recovery in 8 consecutive attempts. POSSIBLE CAUSES NO PCI TRANSMISSION RADIO-NO PCI TRANSMISSION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 677 AUDIO Symptom List: PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY - AMPLIFIER PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND - AMPLIFIER Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be PCI BUS SHORTED TO BAT- TERY - AMPLIFIER.
Page 678 AUDIO Symptom: PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - AMPLIFIER When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - AMPLIFIER When Monitored: With the ignition in run. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the PCM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 679 AUDIO Symptom: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN When Monitored and Set Condition: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT SPEAKER SECTION OF AMPLIFIER (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 680 AUDIO POWER AMP SHUTDOWN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Amplifier C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Radio (C1 on premium) harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and each radio right and left (+) circuit. Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms? Yes →...
Page 681 AUDIO Symptom: RADIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - AMPLIFIER When Monitored and Set Condition: RADIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED - AMPLIFIER When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the radio. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO AMPLIFIER TEST ACTION...
Page 682 AUDIO Symptom: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The radio control MUX voltage at the BCM is greater than 4.8 volts for at least 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH...
Page 683 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Clockspring C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Connect a jumper wire between the Radio Control MUX circuit and the Radio Control MUX Return circuit at the Clockspring C2 connector. With the DRB, enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW voltage.
Page 684 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed.
Page 685 AUDIO Symptom: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK When Monitored and Set Condition: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM detects a stuck switch or a short to ground on the Radio Control MUX circuit for more than 10 seconds.
Page 686 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed.
Page 687 AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Clockspring C2 harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C5 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Control MUX circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 688 AUDIO Symptom: SOFTWARE CHECKSUM FAILURE - AMPLIFIER When Monitored and Set Condition: SOFTWARE CHECKSUM FAILURE - AMPLIFIER When Monitored: When the DRBIII performs the PCI Amplifier Test. Set Condition: When the Amplifier detects a fault with the software checksum. POSSIBLE CAUSES AMPLIFIER INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST...
Page 689: Amplifier Pretest
AUDIO Symptom: *AMPLIFIER PRETEST POSSIBLE CAUSES AMPLIFIER PRETEST NO FAULT MESSAGE DISPLAYED TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Perform this test if the vehicle is experiencing a problem with no sound or poor sound quality from a speaker or channel. Turn the ignition on. Turn the radio on.
Page 690 AUDIO Symptom: *INOP NO FAULT CODES - SDARS POSSIBLE CAUSES SDARS SUBSCRIPTION FUSED B+ CIRCUIT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SATELLITE RADIO RECEIVER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the SDARS subscription status. Does the subscription status read subscribed? Yes →...
Page 691 AUDIO *INOP NO FAULT CODES - SDARS — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no other possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace Satellite Radio Receiver in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 692 AUDIO Symptom: *POOR RECEPTION - SDARS POSSIBLE CAUSES *POOR SDARS RECEPTION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: At times SDARS reception will better than FM radio, and other times FM radio reception will be better than SDARS. NOTE: The Satellite Radio system is still under development and there are areas where reception may be lost.
Page 693 CHIME Symptom: *CHIME INOPERATIVE AT ALL TIMES POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 694 CHIME Symptom: *KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN CHIME NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES BODY CONTROL MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DRB CHIME ACTUATOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR STATUS IGNITION SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBlll , read BCM DTC’s.
Page 695 CHIME Symptom: *PROBLEM WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME POSSIBLE CAUSES INCORRECT COUNTRY CODE PROGRAMMED IN BCM BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: The high speed warning chime is for Gulf Coast Countries only. With the DRBIII in Miscellaneous check the Body Control Module country code setting.
Page 696: Abs Messages Not Received
COMMUNICATION Symptom: ABS MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: ABS MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run or run/start. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the CAB module. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM, IPM and PDM is 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE MODULE...
Page 697 COMMUNICATION Symptom: ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run or run/start. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the ATC module. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM and PDM is 5 seconds.
Page 698 COMMUNICATION Symptom: AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run or ACC, and battery voltage above 10 volts. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the radio. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM and PDM is 5 seconds.
Page 699 COMMUNICATION Symptom: BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run or run/start and vehicle not in shipping mode. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the BCM. Time to mature for the DDM, IPM and PDM is 5 seconds.
Page 700 COMMUNICATION Symptom: CMTC MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: CMTC MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: BCM has learned EC Mirror but the vehicle is Not equipped with EC Mirror. Time to mature for the BCM is 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION CMTC COMMUNICATION...
Page 701 COMMUNICATION CMTC MESSAGE MISMATCH — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Install a substitute CMTC Module in place of the original module. With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Turn the ignition on. Cycle the ignition on and off, leaving the ignition in the on position for at least 15 seconds each time.
Page 702 COMMUNICATION Symptom: CMTC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: CMTC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the CMTC. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM and PDM is 5 seconds. Time to mature for the IPM is 10 seconds.
Page 703 COMMUNICATION Symptom: DDM MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: DDM MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT When Monitored: Immediately Set Condition: The passenger door module does not receive a window up, down, or express message from the driver door module. Time to mature for the PDM is 140ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE DRIVER DOOR MODULE CLEAR DTC...
Page 704 COMMUNICATION Symptom: DDM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: DDM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run or ACC and vehicle not in shipping mode. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the DDM. Time to mature for the BCM, IPM and PDM is 5 seconds.
Page 705 COMMUNICATION Symptom: INTERNAL BCM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL BCM FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: Time to mature is 125ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL BCM FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase DTC’s.
Page 706 COMMUNICATION Symptom: INTERNAL DDM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL DDM FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: Time to mature is 125ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL DDM FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase DTC’s.
Page 707 COMMUNICATION Symptom: INTERNAL IPM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL IPM FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: Time to mature is 125ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL IPM FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase DTC’s.
Page 708 COMMUNICATION Symptom: INTERNAL PDM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: INTERNAL PDM FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: Time to mature is 125ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL PDM FAILURE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase DTC’s.
Page 709 COMMUNICATION Symptom: IPM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: IPM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run, start or unlock. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the IPM. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM and PDM is 5 seconds.
Page 710 COMMUNICATION Symptom: LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: When the Body Control Module is awake. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the power liftgate module. Time to mature for the BCM is 1 second.
Page 711 COMMUNICATION LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB, erase DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute. Operate the liftgate with either the key fob or the overhead console. With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Page 712 COMMUNICATION Symptom: MEMORY SEAT MODULE RESPONSE INCORRECTLY When Monitored and Set Condition: MEMORY SEAT MODULE RESPONSE INCORRECTLY When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The door module receives a message, but not with the requested data. Time to mature for the DDM and PDM is 3.75ms. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE MEMORY SEAT MODULE READ DTCS...
Page 713 COMMUNICATION MEMORY SEAT MODULE RESPONSE INCORRECTLY — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRB, observe the seat switch voltage in the appropriate door module. Operate the seat switch in all directions while observing the DRB. Does the seat switch voltage change in each seat switch position? Yes →...
Page 714 COMMUNICATION Symptom: MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the MIC. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM, IPM and PDM is 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR DTCS VERIFY DTC...
Page 715 COMMUNICATION MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRBIII , read DTC’s. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the module which set the DTC in accordance with the service information.
Page 716 COMMUNICATION Symptom: MSM MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: MSM MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The door module does not receive a memory message from the memory seat module. Time to mature for the DDM is 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE MEMORY SEAT MODULE CLEAR DTC...
Page 717 COMMUNICATION Symptom: MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: MSM did not respond to a messages request. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the MSM. Time to mature for the DDM and PDM is 8 seconds.
Page 718 COMMUNICATION Symptom: ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run or run/start and the IPM indicates the airbag power is on. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the ORC. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM, IPM and PDM is 5 seconds.
Page 719 COMMUNICATION Symptom: PCI INTERNAL FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: PCI INTERNAL FAULT When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The same PCI Bus message can not be transmitted within 90ms. DTC will mature immediately. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCI INTERNAL FAULT TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector.
Page 720 COMMUNICATION Symptom: PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the PCM. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM and PDM is 5 seconds. Time to mature for the IPM is 2 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM...
Page 721 COMMUNICATION Symptom: PDM MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: PDM MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The door module does not receive a memory message from the passenger door module. Time to mature for the DDM is 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PASSENGER DOOR MODULE CLEAR DTC...
Page 722 COMMUNICATION Symptom: PDM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: PDM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run or ACC and vehicle not in shipping mode. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the PDM. Time to mature for the BCM, IPM and DDM is 5 seconds.
Page 723 COMMUNICATION Symptom: RADIO MODULE MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: RADIO MODULE MESSAGE RESPONSE FAULT When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The door module does not receive a memory message from the radio. Time to mature for the DDM is 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO CLEAR DTC...
Page 724 COMMUNICATION Symptom: SKREEM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: SKREEM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run/start. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the SKREEM. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM and PDM is 5 seconds. Time to mature for the IPM is 2.5 seconds.
Page 725 COMMUNICATION Symptom: SPI INTERNAL COMMUNICATION When Monitored and Set Condition: SPI INTERNAL COMMUNICATION When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The module can not communication with the on board driver. Time to mature for the BCM and IPM is 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES SPI INTERNAL COMMUNICATION TEST ACTION...
Page 726 COMMUNICATION Symptom: TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in unlock. Set Condition: The module does not receive any messages from the TCM. Time to mature for the BCM, DDM, IPM and PDM is 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TCM MODULE...
Page 727: No Response From Airbag Control Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING FOR VOLTAGE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Check the IPM for DTC’s. If DTC’s are present, go to the appropriate category and perform the DTC.
Page 728 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as necessary. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE- FORE PROCEEDING.
Page 729: No Response From Amplifier
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM AMPLIFIER POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AMPLIFIER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. NOTE: The Radio must be turned on for the DRB to get a response from the Amplifier.
Page 730 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM AMPLIFIER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Amplifier C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Accessory Relay Output circuit. Is the test light illuminated? Yes →...
Page 731 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 732 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOD - ULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary.
Page 733 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM).
Page 734 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C1 and C2 harness connectors. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe both Ground circuits. Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes →...
Page 735 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM CAB GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT/FUSED B(+) (VALVE) CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 736 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Page 737 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN FUSED DOOR NODE RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT DRIVER DOOR MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding.
Page 738 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C3 harness connector.
Page 739: No Response From Hands Free Module
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM HANDS FREE MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT HANDS FREE MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the BCM.
Page 740 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM HANDS FREE MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Hands Free Module harness connector.
Page 741: No Response From Instrument Cluster
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
Page 742 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster C1 harness connector.
Page 743 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM INTEGRATED POWER MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT INTEGRATED POWER MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes →...
Page 744 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM INTEGRATED POWER MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Turn the ignition off.
Page 745 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY/HEATED SEAT ADJUSTABLE PEDAL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT MEMORY/HEATED SEAT ADJUSTABLE PEDAL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
Page 746 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY/HEATED SEAT ADJUSTABLE PEDAL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Turn the ignition off.
Page 747 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM NAVIGATION MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT NAVIGATION MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster.
Page 748 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM NAVIGATION MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Navigation Module harness connector.
Page 749 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OVERHEAD CONSOLE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the BCM.
Page 750 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Overhead Console harness connector.
Page 751 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN FUSED DOOR NODE RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT PASSENGER DOOR MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding.
Page 752 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C3 harness connector.
Page 753 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 754 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 755 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit and the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit at the Data Link harness connector (cavs 7 and 12).
Page 756 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
Page 757 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE WAKE UP OUTPUT OPEN LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POWER LIFTGATE MODULE TEST...
Page 758 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 harness connector.
Page 759 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Power Liftgate Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Page 760: No Response From Radio
COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT RADIO TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 761 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Radio (C1 on premium) harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit. Is the test light illuminated? Yes → Go To 5 →...
Page 762 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM SATELLITE RADIO RECEIVER POSSIBLE CAUSES SDARS WIRING HARNESS PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN IGNITION RUN/ACC SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN RADIO GROUND CKT OPEN SATELLITE RADIO RECEIVER TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure the DRBIII can communicate with the Radio, if not refer to the appropriate symptom.
Page 763 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM SATELLITE RADIO RECEIVER — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and black test probes. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Page 764 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 765 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the SKREEM harness connector.
Page 766 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IGNITION UNLOCK/RUN/START CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer the question.
Page 767 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 768 COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Page 769 COMMUNICATION Symptom: *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE MODULE SHORT TO VOLTAGE PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND MODULE SHORT TO GROUND TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 770 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI- NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Page 771 COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Using a ohmmeter, connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC, and the other end to ground. While monitoring the ohmmeter, disconnect each module the vehicle is equipped with one at a time.
Page 772: Door Ajar
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR MODULE NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CKT OPEN DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT DRIVER DOOR MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 773 DOOR AJAR Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER DOOR MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 774: Left Rear Door Ajar Circuit Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the left rear door.
Page 775: Left Rear Door Ajar Circuit Short To Ground
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the LR DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 776 DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the liftgate. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes →...
Page 777 DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LIFTGATE DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Liftgate Ajar Switch (Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor) harness connec- tor.
Page 778 DOOR AJAR Symptom: *PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER DOOR MODULE OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT PASSENGER DOOR MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the passenger door. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state.
Page 779 DOOR AJAR Symptom: *PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER DOOR MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 780: Right Rear Door Ajar Circuit Open
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Open the right rear door. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the RR DOOR AJAR SW state.
Page 781: Right Rear Door Ajar Circuit Short To Ground
DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs, read the RR DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Page 782: Electrically Heated Systems
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN - DDM When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN - DDM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: If the switch MUX circuit is over 4.9 volts for over 10 second, this code will set.
Page 783 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN - DDM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Seat Switch connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Switch MUX circuit indicated by the DRBlll and ground. Is the voltage between 4.4 and 5.1 volts? Yes →...
Page 784 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORT - DDM When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORT - DDM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: If the MUX circuit is under 0.10 volt for over 10 seconds, this code will set. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT POWER SEAT SWITCH...
Page 785 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORT - DDM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C2 connector. Inspect the Driver Heated Seat Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground or to another circuit in the seat switch harness.
Page 786 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK - DDM When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK - DDM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: If the switch is held in the on position for over 10 seconds, this code will set.
Page 787 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK - DDM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C2 connector. Inspect the Driver Heated Seat Switch MUX circuit for a partial short to ground or to another circuit in the seat switch harness.
Page 788 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN - MHSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN - MHSAPM When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is set immediately after the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module senses an open on the seat heat element output circuit.
Page 789 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module C3 connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit between the MHSAPM C3 connector and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector, harness side.
Page 790 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - MHSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - MHSAPM When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is set immediately after the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module detects an output shorted to ground.
Page 791 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the MHSAPM C3 connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit.
Page 792 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module senses a greater value than the value stored in EEPROM.
Page 793 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module C2 connector. Turn ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit in the cushion side connector to ground.
Page 794 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module senses a lesser value than the value stored in EEPROM.
Page 795 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module C2 connector. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit from the MHSAPM connector to the driver heated seat cushion connector harness side.
Page 796 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Module C2 connector. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the MHSAPM connector and the driver heated seat cushion connector, harness side.
Page 797 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: EBL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: EBL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN - IPM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The output is off and a open condition exists. Time to mature 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT FUSE #5...
Page 798 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: EBL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: EBL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY - IPM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The output is on and a short to battery condition exists. Time to mature 1 second.
Page 799 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN - PDM When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN - PDM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: If the switch MUX circuit is over 4.9 volts for over 10 second, this code will set.
Page 800 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPEN - PDM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Switch connector. Measure the voltage of the Switch MUX circuit indicated by the DRBlll and ground. Is the voltage between 4.4 and 5.1 volts? Yes →...
Page 801 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORT - PDM When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORT - PDM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: If the MUX circuit is under 0.10 volt for over 10 seconds, this code will set. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT POWER SEAT SWITCH...
Page 802 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORT - PDM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Power Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Inspect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground or to another circuit in the seat switch harness.
Page 803 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK - PDM When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK - PDM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: If the switch is held in the on position for over 10 seconds, this code will set.
Page 804 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH STUCK - PDM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Power Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Inspect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch MUX circuit for a partial short to ground or to another circuit in the seat switch harness.
Page 805 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN - MHSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN - MHSAPM When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Memory Heated Seat Adjust- able Pedal Module loses the seat heat element output.
Page 806 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit between the MHSAPM C1 connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector, harness side.
Page 807 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - MHSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - MHSAPM When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is set immediately after the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module detects an output shorted to ground.
Page 808 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the MHSAPM C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit.
Page 809 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module senses a greater value than the value stored in EEPROM.
Page 810 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module C1 connector. Turn ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit in the cushion side connector to ground.
Page 811 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM When Monitored: Ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module senses a lesser value than the value stored in EEPROM.
Page 812 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module C1 connector. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit from the MHSAPM connector to the passenger heated seat cushion connector harness side.
Page 813 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Memory Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module C1 connector. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to ground.
Page 814 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom List: SEAT HEAT LOAD SHED CHARGING UNDER VOLTAGE - MHSAPM CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE - MHSAPM CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE - MHSAPM Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be SEAT HEAT LOAD SHED CHARGING UNDER VOLTAGE - MHSAPM.
Page 815 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS SEAT HEAT LOAD SHED CHARGING UNDER VOLTAGE - MHSAPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , erase the DTC from Memory/Heated Seat Adjustable Pedal Module. Turn the ignition switch to the Off position then start the engine and let run for one minute.
Page 816 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *FRONT HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR TURNS ON THEN GOES OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES MEMORY HEATED SEAT ADJUSTABLE PEDAL MODULE COMMUNICATION INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , attempt to communicate with the MHSAPM and check for PCI bus communication DTC’s.
Page 817: Exterior Lighting
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT BACKUP LAMP OPEN BACKUP LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Actuate the Backup Lamps. With the DRBIII , read the DTC information.
Page 818 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN-BCM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the inoperative rear tail lamp harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Backup Lamp Driver Circuit. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 819 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT SHORT-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION BACKUP LAMP BACKUP LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. Engine OFF. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Place the transmission in reverse.
Page 820 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HAZARD BATTERY POWER OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: HAZARD BATTERY POWER OPEN When Monitored: BCM is active. Set Condition: When input voltage status is low. POSSIBLE CAUSES HAZARD BATTERY POWER FEED CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTERMITTENT CONDITION BODY CONTROL MODULE HAZARD BATTERY POWER FEED CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE...
Page 821 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HAZARD BATTERY POWER OPEN — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IPM and BCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance of the Hazard Battery Power Feed circuit between the IPM connector and the BCM connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 822 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT OPEN-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Turn the headlamps to the ON position.
Page 823 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT OPEN-BCM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Body Control Module C5 harness connector. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit from the Body Control Module connector to the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Page 824 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT SHORT-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORTED HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s.
Page 825 EXTERIOR LIGHTING HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT SHORT-BCM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off to the lock position. Disconnect the Body Control Module C5 harness connector. Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector. NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between ground and the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit.
Page 826 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FOG LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FOG LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT FRONT FOG LAMP LEFT FRONT FOG LAMP DRIVER OPEN...
Page 827 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FOG LAMP OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Front Fog Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Front Fog Lamp Driver circuit in the Left Front Fog Lamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 828 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT FOG SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT FOG SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT FRONT FOG LAMP...
Page 829 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FRONT FOG SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Fog Lamps off. Install a substitute Fog Lamp Bulb in place of the Left Fog Lamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 830 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP...
Page 831 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Front Park Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Front Park Lamp Driver circuit in the Left Front Park Lamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 832 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP...
Page 833 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Park Lamps off. Install a substitute Park Lamp Bulb in place of the Left Park Lamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 834 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE...
Page 835 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Front Side Marker Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Front Side Marker Lamp Driver circuit in the Left Front Side Marker Lamp harness connector.
Page 836 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP...
Page 837 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Side Marker Lamps off. Install a substitute Side Marker Lamp Bulb in place of the Left Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb.
Page 838 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Actuate the Turn Signals.
Page 839 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the left front turn signal lamp harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Left Front Turn Signal Output Circuit and ground. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 840 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL LAMP BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Actuate the Turn Signals.
Page 841 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 842 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Headlamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left High Beam Driver circuit in the Left Headlamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 843 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 844 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Headlamps off. Install a substitute Headlamp Bulb in place of the Left High Beam Headlamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 845 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT HEADLAMP...
Page 846 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Headlamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Low Beam Driver circuit in the Left Headlamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 847 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT HEADLAMP...
Page 848 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Headlamps off. Install a substitute Headlamp Bulb in place of the Left Headlamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 849 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored: The output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT REAR PARK LAMP...
Page 850 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Left Rear Park Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Tail Lamp Driver circuit in the Left Rear Park Lamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 851 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: The output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LEFT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMPS...
Page 852 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Park Lamps off. Install substitute Park/Marker Lamp Bulbs in place of the Left Rear Park/Marker Lamp Bulbs. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 853 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Actuate the Turn Signals.
Page 854 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Disconnect the left rear tail lamp connector. Measure the resistance of the Left Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit to ground. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 855 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL LAMP BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Actuate the Turn Signals.
Page 856 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LICENSE PLATE LAMP OUTPUT OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LICENSE PLATE LAMP OUTPUT OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LICENSE PLATE LAMP...
Page 857 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LICENSE PLATE LAMP OUTPUT OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the License Plate Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the License Plate Lamp Driver circuit in the License Plate Lamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 858 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LICENSE PLATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: LICENSE PLATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE LICENSE PLATE LAMP...
Page 859 EXTERIOR LIGHTING LICENSE PLATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the License Plate Lamp off. Install a substitute License Plate Lamp Bulb in place of the License Plate Lamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 860 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FOG LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FOG LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT FOG LAMP DRIVER OPEN RIGHT FRONT FOG LAMP...
Page 861 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FOG LAMP OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Front Fog Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Front Fog Lamp Driver circuit in the Right Front Fog Lamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 862 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT FOG SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FRONT FOG SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT FRONT FOG LAMP...
Page 863 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FRONT FOG SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Fog Lamps off. Install a substitute Fog Lamp Bulb in place of the Right Fog Lamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 864 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP...
Page 865 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Front Park Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Front Park Lamp Driver circuit in the Right Front Park Lamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 866 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP...
Page 867 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Park Lamps off. Install a substitute Park Lamp Bulb in place of the Right Park Lamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 868 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE...
Page 869 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Front Side Marker Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Front Side Marker Lamp Driver circuit in the Right Front Side Marker Lamp harness connector.
Page 870 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP...
Page 871 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Side Marker Lamps off. Install a substitute Side Marker Lamp Bulb in place of the Right Side Marker Lamp Bulb.
Page 872 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 873 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Front Turn Signal Driver Circuit and ground. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 874 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL LAMP BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Actuate the Turn Signals.
Page 875 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 876 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Headlamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right High Beam Driver circuit in the Right Headlamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 877 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND...
Page 878 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Headlamps off. Install a substitute Headlamp Bulb in place of the Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 879 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT HEADLAMP...
Page 880 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Headlamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Page 881 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT HEADLAMP...
Page 882 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Headlamps off. Install a substitute Headlamp Bulb in place of the Right Headlamp Bulb. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s. Turn the headlamps on.
Page 883 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM When Monitored: Output is OFF. Set Condition: The IPM detects an open fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT REAR PARK LAMP...
Page 884 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP OPEN-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Right Rear Park Lamp harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Tail Lamp Driver circuit in the Right Rear Park Lamp harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.
Page 885 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: RIGHT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM When Monitored: Output is ON. Set Condition: The IPM detects a short fault condition. Time to set is 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE RIGHT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMPS...
Page 886 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT REAR PARK/MARKER LAMP SHORT TO GROUND-IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Turn the Park Lamps off. Install substitute Park/Marker Lamp Bulbs in place of the Right Rear Park/Marker Lamp Bulbs. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , erase the IPM DTC’s.
Page 887 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION GROUND CIRCUIT TURN SIGNAL LAMP RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Actuate the Turn Signals.
Page 888 EXTERIOR LIGHTING RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN-BCM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit and ground. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 889 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT-BCM POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND TURN SIGNAL LAMP BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , clear all BCM DTC’s. Actuate the Turn Signals.
Page 890 HEATING & A/C Symptom List: AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (ACTIVE) AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH AC PRESSURE TOO LOW Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (ACTIVE).
Page 891 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Verify that the refrigerant system is properly charged in accordance with the Service Information. Is the refrigerant system properly charged? Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) in accordance with the Service Information.
Page 892 HEATING & A/C Symptom List: AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) BODY STATUS MESSAGE MISSING (STORED) BOOT CHECKSUM ERROR (STORED) CALIBRATION CHECKSUM ERROR (STORED) COOLANT TEMPERATURE MESSAGE MISSING (STORED) DISPLAY STATUS MESSAGE MISSING (STORED) DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) DRV FRONT DOOR MESSAGE MISSING (STORED) ENGINE SENSORS MESSAGE MISSING (STORED)
Page 893 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) — Continued Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED). When Monitored and Set Condition: AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) When Monitored: With the engine running and the A/C Relay energized.
Page 894 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) — Continued DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
Page 895 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) — Continued FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) detects a temperature difference greater than 60 degrees between the IR sensors.
Page 896 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) — Continued NO COMMUNICATION WITH BCM (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive any messages from the Body Control Module (BCM) for at least 5 seconds.
Page 897 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) — Continued PASSENGER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
Page 898 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) — Continued RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) monitors the door’s range of travel during system initialization. If the measured range is greater than expected, the DTC will set.
Page 899 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) — Continued VIN MESSAGE MISSING (STORED) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the VIN message from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for more than 16 seconds.
Page 900 HEATING & A/C AC PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT (STORED) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Active DTCs must be resolved before diagnosing stored DTCs. NOTE: Anytime a DTC becomes active or a Cooldown Test fault message is displayed proceed to the conclusion question. NOTE: If multiple DTCs appear, diagnose those that relate to a short circuit first.
Page 901 HEATING & A/C Symptom: BODY STATUS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: BODY STATUS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the message from the Body Control Module (BCM) for more than 5 seconds.
Page 902 HEATING & A/C BODY STATUS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII in ATC, Monitor Display, PCI Bus Messages, look for the following messages: HOOD AJAR SW: LIFTGATE AJAR SW: LT R DOOR AJAR SW: RT R DOOR AJAR SW: Is NO RESPONSE displayed after any of these messages? Yes →...
Page 903 HEATING & A/C Symptom List: BOOT CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) CALIBRATION CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (ACTIVE) FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (ACTIVE) LEFT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) LOOPBACK FAILURE (ACTIVE) OPS CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) RIGHT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
Page 904 HEATING & A/C BOOT CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) — Continued LEFT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) cannot read the IR sensor offset and gain values. LOOPBACK FAILURE (ACTIVE) When Monitored: When the ATC executes an internal loop-back test.
Page 905 HEATING & A/C Symptom: COOLANT TEMPERATURE MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: COOLANT TEMPERATURE MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the Coolant Temperature message from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for more than 7 seconds.
Page 906 HEATING & A/C Symptom List: COOLDOWN TEST FAILED COOLDOWN TIME EXCESSIVE FAULT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be COOLDOWN TEST FAILED. When Monitored and Set Condition: COOLDOWN TEST FAILED When Monitored: When executing the Cooldown Test.
Page 907 HEATING & A/C COOLDOWN TEST FAILED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The work area ambient temperature must be above 15.6°C (60°F) and the evaporator temperature must be above 12°C (53°F) in order to test A/C system operation. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the active ATC DTCs.
Page 908 HEATING & A/C Symptom: DISPLAY STATUS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DISPLAY STATUS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the Display Status message from the Instrument Cluster (EMIC) for more than 5 seconds.
Page 909 HEATING & A/C Symptom List: DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) PASSENGER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE).
Page 910 HEATING & A/C DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR DRIVER (B) CIRCUIT OPEN DOOR ACTUATOR TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the applicable Door Driver (A) circuit and ground. Measure the voltage between the applicable Door Driver (B) circuit and ground.
Page 911 HEATING & A/C DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Disconnect the applicable door actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Door Driver (A) circuit and Door Driver (B) circuit.
Page 912 HEATING & A/C Symptom List: DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) PASSENGER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE).
Page 913 HEATING & A/C DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read the active ATC DTCs. Are any Door Not Responding DTCs set? Yes → Return to the Heating & A/C symptom list and choose the symptom(s).
Page 914 HEATING & A/C Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) monitors the door’s range of travel during system initialization.
Page 915 HEATING & A/C DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Driver Blend Door Actuator from the A/C-Heater Housing assembly. Rotate the driver blend door from stop to stop. Note: The door should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Page 916 HEATING & A/C Symptom: DRV FRONT DOOR MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRV FRONT DOOR MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the Left Front Door Ajar message from the Driver Door Module (DDM) for more than 5 seconds.
Page 917 HEATING & A/C Symptom: ENGINE SENSORS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: ENGINE SENSORS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the message from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for more than 16 seconds.
Page 918 HEATING & A/C Symptom: EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ATC detects an abnormally high voltage on the evaporator temperature sensor signal ckt.
Page 919 HEATING & A/C EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the Rear Booster Fan Control circuit. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes →...
Page 920 HEATING & A/C EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the ATC C1 harness connector and the in-line C202 harness connector (IP side).
Page 921 HEATING & A/C Symptom: EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ATC detects an abnormally low voltage on the evaporator temperature sensor signal ckt.
Page 922 HEATING & A/C EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit (IP side). Is the resistance above 100k ohms? Yes →...
Page 923 HEATING & A/C Symptom: FRONT BLOWER RELAY OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT BLOWER RELAY OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition off. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Integrated Power Module (IPM) detects an open on the Front Blower Motor Relay Control circuit. This condition must be present for a least one second.
Page 924 HEATING & A/C Symptom: FRONT BLOWER RELAY SHORT TO BATT When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT BLOWER RELAY SHORT TO BATT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Integrated Power Module (IPM) detects excessive current when attempting to close the Front Blower Motor Relay.
Page 925 HEATING & A/C Symptom: FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) monitors the door’s range of travel during system initialization.
Page 926 HEATING & A/C FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Front Mode Door Actuator from the A/C-Heater Housing assembly. Rotate the front mode door from stop to stop. Note: The door should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Page 927 HEATING & A/C Symptom: INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERA- TURE TOO LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO When Monitored: When executing the Cooldown Test. Set Condition: This message will be displayed if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) sees evaporator temperature below 11.6°C (53°F) when executing the Cooldown Test.
Page 928 HEATING & A/C INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The work area ambient temperature must be above 15.6°C (60°F) and the evaporator temperature must be above 12°C (53°F) in order to test A/C system operation.
Page 929 HEATING & A/C INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO LOW — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Ensure that the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector is connected to the Evaporator Temperature Sensor. NOTE: Ensure that the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector and that there is good terminal to wire connection.
Page 930 HEATING & A/C Symptom List: NO COMMUNICATION WITH BCM (ACTIVE) NO COMMUNICATION WITH DDM (ACTIVE) NO COMMUNICATION WITH MIC (ACTIVE) NO COMMUNICATION WITH PCM (ACTIVE) NO COMMUNICATION WITH PDM (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be NO COMMUNICATION WITH BCM (ACTIVE).
Page 931 HEATING & A/C NO COMMUNICATION WITH BCM (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , attempt to communicate with the applicable module(s) (BCM, MIC, PCM, DDM, PDM). Is the DRBIII able to ID or communicate with the module(s)? Yes →...
Page 932 HEATING & A/C Symptom: OUTSIDE AIR TEMP MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: OUTSIDE AIR TEMP MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the Outside Air Temperature message from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for more than 5 seconds.
Page 933 HEATING & A/C Symptom: PAS FRONT DOOR MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: PAS FRONT DOOR MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the Right Front Door Ajar message from the Passenger Door Module (PDM) for more than 5 seconds.
Page 934 HEATING & A/C Symptom: PASSENGER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) monitors the door’s range of travel during system initialization.
Page 935 HEATING & A/C PASSENGER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Passenger Blend Door Actuator from the A/C-Heater Housing assembly. Rotate the passenger blend door from stop to stop. Note: The door should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Page 936 HEATING & A/C Symptom List: PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE) PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (ACTIVE) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE). When Monitored and Set Condition: PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed.
Page 937 HEATING & A/C Symptom: REAR BOOSTER FAN RELAY OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR BOOSTER FAN RELAY OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition off. Set Condition: If the Integrated Power Module (IPM) detects an open on the Rear Booster Fan Relay Control circuit.
Page 938 HEATING & A/C Symptom: REAR BOOSTER FAN RELAY SHORT TO BATT When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR BOOSTER FAN RELAY SHORT TO BATT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: If the Integrated Power Module (IPM) detects excessive current when attempting to close the Rear Booster Fan Relay.
Page 939 HEATING & A/C Symptom: REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Rear Fan Sense input is above 253 A/D counts (4.9 volts).
Page 940 HEATING & A/C REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Booster Fan Rear Control Switch harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Rear Fan Sense circuit. What voltage is present? Above 5.1 Volts Go To 4...
Page 941 HEATING & A/C REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Booster Fan Rear Control Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Rear Fan Sense Return circuit between the ATC C2 harness connector and the Rear Booster Fan Rear Control Switch harness connector.
Page 942 HEATING & A/C Symptom: REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Rear Fan Sense input is below 3 A/D counts (0.059 volts).
Page 943 HEATING & A/C REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Booster Fan Rear Control Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Rear Fan Sense Supply circuit between the ATC C1 harness connector and the Rear Booster Fan Rear Control Switch harness connector.
Page 944 HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) monitors the door’s range of travel during system initialization.
Page 945 HEATING & A/C RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Remove the Recirculation Door Actuator from the A/C-Heater Housing assembly. Rotate the recirculation door from stop to stop. Note: The door should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop. Does the recirculation door move smoothly in both directions? Yes →...
Page 946 HEATING & A/C Symptom: REFRIGERANT PRESS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: REFRIGERANT PRESS MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the message from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for more than 16 seconds.
Page 947 HEATING & A/C Symptom: VEHICLE ODOMETER MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE ODOMETER MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the Vehicle Odometer message from the Body Control Module (BCM) for more than 5 seconds.
Page 948 HEATING & A/C Symptom: VEHICLE SPEED/RPM MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE SPEED/RPM MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the message from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for more than 2 seconds.
Page 949 HEATING & A/C Symptom: VF DIMMING MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: VF DIMMING MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: If the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the VF Dimming message from the Body Control Module (BCM) for more than 5 seconds, then the VF display will default to daytime brightness and the DTC will set.
Page 950 HEATING & A/C VF DIMMING MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII in ATC, Monitor Display, PCI Bus Messages, look for the following message: VF DIM MSG PRESENT: Does the DRBIII display: VF DIM MSG PRESENT: YES? Yes →...
Page 951 HEATING & A/C Symptom: VIN MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: VIN MESSAGE MISSING (ACTIVE) When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) does not receive the VIN message from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) for more than 16 seconds.
Page 952 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC(S) PRESENT BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) DTC(S) PRESENT AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) INOPERATIVE BULB(S) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (EMIC) TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 953 HEATING & A/C *AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) BACK LIGHTING INOP - ERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the ATC C1 harness connector and the Instrument Cluster C1 harness connector.
Page 954 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (IPM) DTC(S) PRESENT INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED FRONT BLOWER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND FRONT BLOWER MOTOR FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FRONT BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE FRONT BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC)
Page 955 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Replace IPM Fuse #42 (Front Blower Fuse). Turn the ignition on. Operate the Front Blower Motor in all speeds. Start the engine and operate the ATC system in all modes and speeds. Does the Front Blower Motor operate properly without blowing the fuse? Yes →...
Page 956 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 957 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected components. Connect the DRBIII X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to the DRBIII . Select the following from the DRBIII menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live Data;...
Page 958 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Front Blower Relay from the IPM. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Front Blower Relay connector.
Page 959 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY CAUTION: The ATC will clamp the blower speed if the PCM disables A/C compressor operation due to low or high A/C pressure, immanent overheat detection, or an overheat condition.
Page 960 HEATING & A/C *FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected components. Connect the DRBIII X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to the DRBIII . Select the following from the DRBIII menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live Data;...
Page 961 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *HVAC SYSTEM TEST POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) CHECK FOR ACTIVE ATC DTCS AND COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGES CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 962 HEATING & A/C *HVAC SYSTEM TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: Active DTCs must be resolved before diagnosing stored DTCs. NOTE: Anytime a DTC becomes active or a Cooldown Test fault message is displayed proceed to the conclusion question. NOTE: If multiple DTCs appear, diagnose those that relate to a short circuit first.
Page 963 HEATING & A/C *HVAC SYSTEM TEST — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY With the DRBIII , read PCM DTC’s. Are any HVAC related DTCs present? Yes → Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Procedures Manual for the related symptom(s). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. →...
Page 964 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE OR INOP- ERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) DTC(S) PRESENT POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DTC(S) PRESENT AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY NOTE: The Outside Air Temp (OAT) display can be activated and de- activated by pressing the Outside Temp button on the ATC.
Page 965 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR BOOSTER FAN INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) DTC(S) PRESENT INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (IPM) DTC(S) PRESENT INTERMITTENT CONDITION FUSED REAR BOOSTER FAN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND REAR BOOSTER FAN REAR BOOSTER FAN POWER MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN REAR BOOSTER FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE REAR BOOSTER FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 966 HEATING & A/C *REAR BOOSTER FAN INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , read IPM DTCs. Does the DRBIII display any DTCs? Yes → For Integrated Power Module (IPM) DTCs related to the front blower or rear fan relay circuits, refer to the Heating &...
Page 967 HEATING & A/C *REAR BOOSTER FAN INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Replace IPM Fuse #34 (Rear Booster Fan Fuse). Disconnect the Rear Booster Fan Power Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Rear Booster Fan Power Module C2 harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Rear Booster Fan Relay Output circuit in the Rear Booster Fan Power Module C1 harness connector and the Booster Fan Supply circuit in the Rear Booster Fan Power Module C2 harness connector.
Page 968 HEATING & A/C *REAR BOOSTER FAN INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Booster Fan Power Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Rear Booster Fan Control circuit between the Rear Booster Fan Power Module C1 harness connector and the ATC C1 harness connector.
Page 969 HEATING & A/C *REAR BOOSTER FAN INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected components. Connect the DRBIII X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to the DRBIII . Select the following from the DRBIII menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live Data;...
Page 970 HEATING & A/C *REAR BOOSTER FAN INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Remove the Rear Booster Fan Relay from the IPM. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Rear Booster Fan Relay connector.
Page 971 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR BOOSTER FAN REAR CONTROL SWITCH BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC(S) PRESENT BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) DTC(S) PRESENT REAR BOOSTER FAN REAR CONTROL SWITCH PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (EMIC) TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 972 HEATING & A/C *REAR BOOSTER FAN REAR CONTROL SWITCH BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Booster Fan Rear Control Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Rear Booster Fan Rear Control Switch harness connector and the Instrument Cluster C1 harness connector.
Page 973 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR BOOSTER FAN REAR CONTROL SWITCH ON INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR BOOSTER FAN REAR CONTROL SWITCH REAR FAN ON INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND REAR FAN ON INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY...
Page 974 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR BOOSTER FAN RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED POSSIBLE CAUSES AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) DTC(S) PRESENT REAR BOOSTER FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) REAR BOOSTER FAN POWER MODULE TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition on.
Page 975 HEATING & A/C *REAR BOOSTER FAN RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected components. Connect the DRBIII X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to the DRBIII . Select the following from the DRBIII menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live Data;...
Page 976 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *REAR MODE DOOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER (A) CIRCUIT OPEN REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER (B) CIRCUIT OPEN REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC)
Page 977 HEATING & A/C *REAR MODE DOOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ATC C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Mode Door Driver (B) circuit. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes →...
Page 978 HEATING & A/C *REAR MODE DOOR INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Mode Door Actuator harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Set the MODE switch to the panel position. Wait approximately 15 seconds before proceeding to the next step.
Page 979 HEATING & A/C Symptom: *VF SEGMENT(S)/LED(S) INOPERATIVE OR WILL NOT DIM POSSIBLE CAUSES OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE OR INOPERATIVE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) DTC(S) PRESENT AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Is the symptom outside air temp display inaccurate or inoperative? Yes →...
Page 980 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: BCM IGNITION MUX ERROR - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM IGNITION MUX ERROR - IPM When Monitored: When the IPM is powered up. Set Condition: IPM detects Ignition Switch DTC set in the BCM for 5 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST...
Page 981 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: BCM IOD FUSE OPEN - BCM When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM IOD FUSE OPEN - BCM When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: If battery voltage on the IOD circuit is less than 1 volt. Time to mature is 10 seconds.
Page 982 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: BTSI OUTPUT OPEN / SHORT TO VOLTAGE - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: BTSI OUTPUT OPEN / SHORT TO VOLTAGE - IPM When Monitored: When the ignition is on and the IPM detects no Brake input, the IPM output to the BTSI Solenoid is On (voltage applied).
Page 983 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY BTSI OUTPUT OPEN / SHORT TO VOLTAGE - IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IPM C9 harness connector. Disconnect the BTSI solenoid harness connector. Measure the resistance of the IPM Output (Unlock-Run-Start) circuit between the IPM C9 connector and the BTSI solenoid connector.
Page 984 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: BTSI OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: BTSI OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - IPM When Monitored: When the output is Off. Set Condition: The output is Off and there is an short fault condition POSSIBLE CAUSES IPM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BTSI SOLENOID...
Page 985 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: CLUSTER WAKEUP OUTPUT SHORT - BCM When Monitored and Set Condition: CLUSTER WAKEUP OUTPUT SHORT - BCM When Monitored: Output is On. Set Condition: Feedback Sense high for 125 msec. (Excessive circuit load.) POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST ACTION...
Page 986 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: DDM BATTERY VOLTS LOW - DDM When Monitored and Set Condition: DDM BATTERY VOLTS LOW - DDM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: If battery voltage goes below 9 volts. Time to mature is 2 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES CLEAR DTC OPEN FUSE #47 FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN...
Page 987 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: DOOR NODE POWER RELAY OPEN - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: DOOR NODE POWER RELAY OPEN - IPM When Monitored: When the output is off. Set Condition: If the IPM senses that there is no voltage for over one second on the Door Node relay control circuit, this code will set.
Page 988 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: DOOR NODE POWER RELAY SHORT TO BATTERY - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: DOOR NODE POWER RELAY SHORT TO BATTERY - IPM When Monitored: Continuously.. Set Condition: The output is on and a short to battery condition exists. The code will set in 1 second.
Page 989 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: HORN INPUT STUCK - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: HORN INPUT STUCK - IPM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The IPM has detected a short condition with the horn switch sense circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION HORN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND HORN SWITCH CLOCKSPRING...
Page 990 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY HORN INPUT STUCK - IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Page 991 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN - IPM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The output is off and a open condition exists. Time to mature 1 second. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT FUSE #28...
Page 992 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY - IPM When Monitored: Continuously. Set Condition: The output is on and a short to battery condition exists. Time to mature 1 second.
Page 993 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN - BCM When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN - BCM When Monitored: When the BCM detects battery voltage on Ignition Run/Start input. Set Condition: The BCM detects the Ignition MUX Switch Input voltage is greater than 4.78 volts for 2 seconds.
Page 994 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT - BCM When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT - BCM When Monitored: When the BCM detects battery voltage on the Ignition Run/Start input. Set Condition: The BCM detects the Ignition MUX Switch Input voltage is less than 0.27 volts for 10 seconds.
Page 995 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION RUN/START INPUT MISMATCH - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION RUN/START INPUT MISMATCH - IPM When Monitored: When the IPM is powered up. Set Condition: IPM internal sense detects the hardwire Ign Run Switch in I/O’s = OFF (no voltage), and the Ignition State in Monitors = Start (BCM Ignition Switch MUX-based PCI bus data) for 5 seconds.
Page 996 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION RUN/START INPUT MISMATCH - IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IPM C9 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the IPM C9, terminal pin 2. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes →...
Page 997 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION RUN/START INPUT MISMATCH - IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Reconnect the IPM C9 harness connector. Reconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Install proper rated fuse to IPM Fuse #30. Turn the ignition the RUN/ON for approximately 15 seconds. Turn the ignition off.
Page 998 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION RUN/START INPUT MISMATCH - IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IPM C9 harness connector. Disconnect the Ignition Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit between the IPM C9 connector and the Ignition Switch connector.
Page 999 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY Symptom: IGNITION START INPUT MISMATCH - IPM When Monitored and Set Condition: IGNITION START INPUT MISMATCH - IPM When Monitored: When the IPM is powered up. Set Condition: The IPM internal sense detects the hardwire Ignition Switch I/O = OFF and the Ignition State in Monitors = Start (BCM Ignition Switch MUX-based PCI bus data) for 5 seconds.
Page 1000 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY IGNITION START INPUT MISMATCH - IPM — Continued TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IPM C7 harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit between the IPM and the PCM.

Chrysler Pacifica 2004 Service Manual

Quick Links

Related Manuals for Chrysler Pacifica 2004

Summary of Contents for Chrysler Pacifica 2004